diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide')
137 files changed, 0 insertions, 12831 deletions
diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d989900df5..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideanchor_objectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Positioning Objects</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147828"><bookmark_value>objects;anchoring options</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>positioning;objects (guide)</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>anchors;options</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames;anchoring options</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pictures;anchoring options</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>centering;images on HTML pages</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147828" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="45"><variable id="anchor_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp" name="Positioning Objects">Positioning Objects</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147251" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46">You can use anchors to position an object, graphic, or frame in a document. An anchored item remains in place, or moves when you modify the document. The following anchoring options are available:</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3147268"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145599" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="47">Anchoring</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145622" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="48">Effect</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145650" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="49">As character</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151181" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="50">Anchors the selected item as a character in the current text. If the height of the selected item is greater than the current font size, the height of the line containing the item is increased.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10674" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">To center an image on an HTML page, insert the image, anchor it "as character", then center the paragraph.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151212" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="51">To character</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151235" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="52">Anchors the selected item to a character.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155071" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="53">To paragraph</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155094" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="54">Anchors the selected item to the current paragraph.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155122" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="55">To page</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155144" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="56">Anchors the selected item to the current page.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145674" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="57">To frame</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145697" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="58">Anchors the selected item to the surrounding frame.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145715" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="59">When you insert an object, graphic, or frame, an anchor icon appears where the item is anchored. You can position an anchored item by dragging the item to another location. To change the anchoring options of an item, right-click the item, and then choose an option from the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> - submenu.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ea54187142..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidearrange_chaptersxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149973"><bookmark_value>headings;rearranging</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>rearranging headings</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>moving;headings</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>demoting heading levels</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>promoting heading levels</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>Navigator;heading levels and chapters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>arranging;headings</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>outlines;arranging chapters</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw added "outlines;..." entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149973" role="heading" level="1" l10n="CHG" - oldref="58"><variable id="arrange_chapters"><link href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp" name="Rearranging a Document by Using the Navigator">Arranging Chapters in the Navigator</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147795" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="59">You can move headings and subordinate text up and down in a document text by using the Navigator. You can also promote and demote heading levels. To use this feature, format the headings in your document with one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. To use a custom paragraph style for a heading, choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>, select the style in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>box, and then double-click a number in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145652" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="62">To quickly move the text cursor to a heading in the document, double-click the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155461" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="60">To dock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, drag the title bar to the edge of the workspace. To undock the <emph>Navigator</emph>, double-click its frame.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="70">To Move a Heading Up or Down in the Document</paragraph> -<paragraph role="warning" id="par_id0915200809400790" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Ensure that all heading levels are shown in the Navigator. By default all levels are shown. See steps below how to change the heading levels that are shown.</paragraph> -<list type="ordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151206" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="71">On the <emph>Standard Bar</emph>, click the<emph> Navigator</emph> icon -<image id="img_id5211883" src="cmd/sc_navigator.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id5211883" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image> to open the <emph>Navigator</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151238" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="72">On the <emph>Navigator</emph>, click the <emph>Content View </emph>icon -<image id="img_id3156338" src="sw/imglst/sc20244.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3156338" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155089" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="74">Do one of the following:</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<list type="ordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155114" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="63">Drag a heading to a new location in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155139" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="75">Click a heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list, and then click the <emph>Promote Chapter</emph> -<image id="img_id4217546" src="sw/imglst/sc20174.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id4217546" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image> or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icon -<image id="img_id6505788" src="sw/imglst/sc20171.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id6505788" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="64">To move the heading without the subordinate text, hold down Ctrl while you drag or click the <emph>Promote Chapter </emph>or <emph>Demote Chapter </emph>icons.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155402" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="76">To Promote or Demote the Level of a Heading</paragraph> -<list type="ordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155424" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="77">Select the heading in the <emph>Navigator </emph>list. </paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN1081C" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Promote Level </emph> -<image id="img_id5564488" src="sw/imglst/sc20172.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id5564488" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image> or <emph>Demote Level </emph>icon -<image id="img_id3159363" src="sw/imglst/sc20173.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3159363" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155525" xml-lang="en-US" level="3" l10n="U" oldref="78">To Change the Number of Heading Levels That Are Displayed</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151352" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="79">Click the <emph>Heading Levels Shown </emph>icon -<image id="img_id3151310" src="sw/imglst/sc20236.png" width="0.564cm" height="0.564cm"><alt id="alt_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> - </image>, and then select a number from the list.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ac9ef728c0..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideauto_numberingxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147407"><bookmark_value>numbering; lists, while typing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>bullet lists;creating while typing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lists;automatic numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>numbers;lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>automatic bullets/numbers; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>bullets; using automatically</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs; automatic numbering</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "applying;"</comment><comment>mw deleted "automatic bullets" and changed "automatic numbering;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147407" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="26"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp" name="Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155525" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154243" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="28">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152830" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, and then select “Apply numbering – symbol”.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152867" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect</emph>, and ensure that <emph>While Typing</emph> is selected.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2357860" role="tip" l10n="NEW">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152897" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="21">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147794" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Enter a space, type your text, and then press Enter. The new paragraph automatically receives the next number or bullet.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147814" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Press Enter again to finish the list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147287" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="25">You can start a numbered list with any number.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154083" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27"><link href="text/shared/01/06050000.xhp" name="Format - Numbering/Bullets">Format - Bullets and Numbering</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 3743c41fa2..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,128 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideauto_offxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Turning Off AutoCorrect </title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154250"><bookmark_value>turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text;turning off automatic correction</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>uppercase;changing to lowercase</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters after periods</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>quotation marks;changing automatically</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>words;automatic replacement on/off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines;automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>underlining;quick</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>borders; automatic drawing on/off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>automatic changes on/off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changes;automatic</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function;turning off</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph" l10n="E" oldref="1" - localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147812" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="16"><variable id="auto_off"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp" name="Turning Off AutoFormat and AutoCorrect">Turning Off AutoCorrect</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">By default, $[officename] automatically corrects many common typing errors and applies formatting while you type. </paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1081B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To quickly undo an automatic correction or completion, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10846" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To turn off most AutoCorrect features, remove the check mark from the menu <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - While Typing</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147251" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="12">To Remove a Word from the AutoCorrect List</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145596" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Click the <emph>Replace</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">In the <emph>AutoCorrect</emph> list, select the word pair that you want to remove.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145645" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145668" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">To Stop Replacing Quotation Marks</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151196" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151220" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">Clear the "Replace" check box(es).</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155076" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Stop Capitalizing the First Letter of a Sentence</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155099" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="10">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155123" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="26">Clear the "Capitalize first letter of every sentence" check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155401" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="17">To Stop Drawing a Line When You Type Three Identical Characters</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155415" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">$[officename] automatically draws a line when you type three of the following characters and press Enter: - _ = * ~ #</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155439" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155463" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155488" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Clear the "Apply border" check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d342b5c99a..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideauto_spellcheckxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Automatically Check Spelling</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154265"><bookmark_value>spellcheck;AutoSpellcheck on/off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>automatic spellcheck</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>checking spelling;while typing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>words;disabling spellcheck</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "text;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154265" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="31"><variable id="auto_spellcheck"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp" name="Automatically Check Spelling">Automatically Check Spelling</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154664" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can have $[officename] automatically check spelling while you type and underline possible misspelt words with a red wavy line.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154678" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="41">To Check Spelling Automatically While You Type</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155531" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">Activate the <emph>AutoSpellcheck </emph>icon on the Standard bar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155569" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">Right-click a word with a red wavy underline, and then choose a suggested replacement word from the list, or from the <emph>AutoCorrect </emph>submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147759" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">If you choose a word from the <item type="menuitem">AutoCorrect</item> submenu, the underlined word and the replacement word are automatically added to the AutoCorrect list for the current language. To view the AutoCorrect list, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147819" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">You can also add the underlined word to your custom dictionary by choosing <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147220" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="32">To Exclude Words From the Spellcheck</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147263" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Select the words that you want to exclude.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147282" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">Click the Language control on the Status bar to open a menu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145602" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">Choose “None (Do not check spelling)”.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145648" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="40"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010401.xhp" name="Creating a new dictionary.">Creating a new dictionary.</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 8bfc09ed06..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideautocorr_exceptxml" indexer="exclude"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152887"><bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; adding exceptions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>exceptions; AutoCorrect function</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>abbreviations</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>capital letters;avoiding after specific abbreviations</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW added "capital letters;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152887" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="autocorr_except"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp" name="Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List">Adding Exceptions to the AutoCorrect List</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154254" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can prevent AutoCorrect from correcting specific abbreviations or words that have mixed capital letters and lowercase letters. </paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155576" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Exceptions</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147762" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147786" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Type the abbreviation followed by a period in the <emph>Abbreviations (no subsequent capital) </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Type the word in the <emph>Words with TWo INitial CApitals </emph>box and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144875" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="17">To quickly undo an AutoCorrect replacement, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z. This also adds the word or abbreviation that you typed to the AutoCorrect exceptions list.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index f3fac881e6..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,120 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideautotextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using AutoText</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155521"><bookmark_value>AutoText</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>networks and AutoText directories</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lists;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>printing;AutoText shortcuts</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;text blocks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text blocks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>blocks of text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "creating;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155521" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="26"><variable id="autotext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp" name="Using AutoText">Using AutoText</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="27">In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155539" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="48">To To Create an AutoText Entry</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155560" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">Select the text, text with graphics, table, or field that you want to save as an AutoText entry. A graphic can only be stored if it is anchored as a character and is preceded and followed by at least one text character.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155581" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">Choose - <item type="menuitem">Edit - AutoText</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147761" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="58">Select the category where you want to store the AutoText.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147779" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="59">Type a name that is longer than four characters. This allows you to use the <emph>Display remainder of name as suggestion while typing</emph> AutoText option. If you want, you can modify the proposed shortcut.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147807" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="60">Click the <emph>AutoText</emph> button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10732" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Close</emph> button.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147282" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="39">To Insert an AutoText Entry</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145597" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="61">Click in your document where you want to insert an AutoText entry.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145615" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="Edit - AutoText"><emph>Edit - AutoText</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145644" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">Select the AutoText that you want to insert, and then click - <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145668" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="30">You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item> - icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155090" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="43">To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type="literal">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type="literal">dt</item>, and then press F3. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155115" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="45">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155136" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="44">Choose <emph>Tools - Macros - Organize Macros - %PRODUCTNAME Basic</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155160" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="62">In the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, double-click "%PRODUCTNAME Macros - Gimmicks".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151277" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="63">Select "AutoText" and then click <emph>Run</emph>. A list of the current AutoText entries is generated in a separate text document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151304" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="64">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151327" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="49">Using AutoText in Network Installations</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151355" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="51">For example, you can store "read-only" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151390" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="52">The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154960" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="53">Two directories are listed here. The first entry is on the server installation and the second entry is in the user directory. If there are two AutoText entries with the same name in both directories, the entry from the user directory is used.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154995" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="42"><link href="text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp" name="Edit - AutoText">Edit - AutoText</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155012" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp" name="Word Completion">Word Completion</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index bef1e15d60..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidebackgroundxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/background.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149346"><bookmark_value>backgrounds;text objects</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>words;backgrounds</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>paragraphs; backgrounds</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>text;backgrounds</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>tables; backgrounds</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>cells; backgrounds</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>backgrounds;selecting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW transferred 4 index entries from shared/guide/background.xhp and added 3 new entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="background"><link href="text/swriter/guide/background.xhp" name="Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics">Defining Background Colors or Background Graphics</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW built this file from splitting shared/guide/background.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7355265" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can define a background color or use a graphic as a background for various objects in $[officename] Writer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147653" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">To Apply a Background To Text Characters</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150669" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select the characters.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155390" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab, select the background color.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153541" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">To Apply a Background To a Paragraph</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145119" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Place the cursor in the paragraph or select several paragraphs.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0104201010554939" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To select an object in the background, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key and click the object. Alternatively, use the Navigator to select the object.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">To Apply a Background To All or Part of a Table</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154346" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Place the cursor in the table in your text document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148664" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">Choose <emph>Table - Table Properties</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154938" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">On the <emph>Background</emph> tab page, select the background color or a background graphic.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156280" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">In the <emph>For</emph> box, choose whether the color or graphic should apply to the current cell, the current row or the whole table. If you select several cells or rows before opening the dialog, the change applies to the selection.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151041" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="31">You may also use an icon to apply a background to table parts.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150767" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="32">To apply a background color to cells, select the cells and click the color on the <emph>Background Color</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147084" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="33">To apply a background color to a text paragraph within a cell, place the cursor into the text paragraph, then click the color on the <item type="menuitem">Background Color</item> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> -<switch select="appl"> -<case select="IMPRESS"><embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/> -</case> -</switch> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/02/02160000.xhp">Highlighting icon</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156180" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30"><link href="text/shared/01/05030600.xhp" name="Background tab page">Background tab page</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4922025" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp">Watermarks</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id478530" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Page Backgrounds as Page Styles</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 38ff992238..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideborder_objectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Objects </title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3146957"><bookmark_value>objects; defining borders</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>borders; for objects</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames; around objects</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>charts;borders</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pictures;borders</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>OLE objects;borders</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining;object borders</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146957" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="17"><variable id="border_object"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Objects">Defining Borders for Objects</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146797" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">In Writer, you can define borders around OLE objects, plug-ins, diagrams/charts, graphics and frames. The name of the menu to be used depends on the object selected.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145673" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Select the object for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="4">Click the <emph>Borders</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE-Object</emph> toolbar or <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar to open the <emph>Borders</emph> window. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159176" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click one of the predefined border styles. This replaces the current border style of the object with the selected style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152474" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select the table cells that you want to modify.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156344" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - (object name) – Borders</item>.<br/>Replace (object name) with the actual name of the object type you selected.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148797" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3125865" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150447" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to Contents</emph> area.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154908" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 57c0c9007a..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,96 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideborder_pagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Borders for Pages</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156136"><bookmark_value>pages;defining borders</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>borders; for pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames; around pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining;page borders</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156136" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp" name="Defining Borders for Pages">Defining Borders for Pages</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="warning" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150503" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150771" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Select one of the default border styles in the <emph>Default</emph> area.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154046" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152472" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156023" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145068" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <emph>User-defined</emph> area select the edge(s) that you want to appear in a common layout. Click on an edge in the preview to toggle the selection of an edge.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159149" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select a line style and color for the selected border style in the <emph>Line</emph> area. These settings apply to all border lines that are included in the selected border style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156282" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat the last two steps for every border edge.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Select the distance between the border lines and the page contents in the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7bcba358ea..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,237 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidebordersxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">User Defined Borders in Text Documents </title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6737876"><bookmark_value>borders;for text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cells;borders in text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining;table borders in Writer</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames;around text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables;defining borders</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3614917" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="borders"><link href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp">User Defined Borders in Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1069368" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can apply a variety of different cell borders to selected cells in a Writer table and to the whole table. Other objects in text documents can have user defined borders, too. For example, you can assign borders to page styles, to frames, and to inserted pictures or charts.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6527298" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select the cell or a block of cells in a Writer table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6129947" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Table properties</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8141117" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the dialog, click the <emph>Borders</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6016418" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose the border options you want to apply and click OK.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5282448" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3547166" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Selection of cells</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1108432" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different.</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id4423352"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2422559" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Selection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1053498" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Line arrangement area</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1076998" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">One cell selected in a table that has more than one cells, or cursor inside a table with no cell selected</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4240241" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id1058992" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_1.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id1058992">one cell border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id162053" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A one cell table, the cell is selected</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5021820" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id7366557" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_2.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7366557">one selected cell border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3549607" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Cells in a column selected</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2544328" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id2298654" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_3.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2298654">column selected border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1636402" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">Cells in a row selected</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7450483" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id9033783" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_4.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id9033783">row selected border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5741752" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A whole table of 2x2 or more cells selected</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id570085" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id4776757" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_5.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.7791in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4776757">block selected border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5044099" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Default settings</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id626544" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click one of the <emph>Default</emph> icons to set or reset multiple borders.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id292062" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The thin gray lines inside an icon show the borders that will be reset or cleared.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1361735" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The dark lines inside an icon show the lines that will be set using the selected line style and color.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id82399" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7144993" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Examples</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5528427" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4194158" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id8221076" src="res/helpimg/border_ca_5.png" width="1.2209in" height="0.2445in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id8221076">default icons for borders</alt> - </image></paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7253028" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the left icon to clear all lines. This removes all outer borders and all inner lines.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9441206" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the second icon from the left to set an outer border and to remove all other lines.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7276833" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the rightmost icon to set an outer border. The inner lines are not changed.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5273293" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5110019" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">User defined settings</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1820734" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7093111" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states.</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id5196996"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3673818" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Line types</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593768" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Image</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2055421" role="tablehead" l10n="NEW">Meaning</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9836115" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A black line</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6485793" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id1237525" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id1237525">solid line for border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1454512" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A black line sets the corresponding line of the selected cells. The line is shown as a dotted line when you choose the 0.05 pt line style. Double lines are shown when you select a double line style.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4618671" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A gray line</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1239356" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id2688680" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_7.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id2688680">gray line for border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9474166" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A gray line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will not be changed. No line will be set or removed at this position.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1545457" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A white line</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1681875" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id7340617" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_8.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7340617">white line for border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2316660" role="tablecontent" l10n="NEW">A white line is shown when the corresponding line of the selected cells will be removed.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5908688" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Examples</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5118564" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a single cell in a Writer table, then choose <emph>Table - Table properties - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id244758" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select a thick line style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7741325" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To set a lower border, click the lower edge repeatedly until you see a thick line.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id542313" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id4273506" src="res/helpimg/border_wr_6.png" width="1.4071in" height="1.2555in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id4273506">setting thick lower border</alt> - </image></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2210760" role="note" l10n="NEW">All cells in a Writer table have at least a left and a lower line by default. Most cells on the table perimeter have more lines applied by default. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5400860" role="warning" l10n="NEW">All lines that are shown in white in the preview will be removed from the cell.</paragraph> -<switch select="appl"> -<case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/> -</case> -</switch><embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 661cb0edc1..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecalculatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating in Text Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149909"><bookmark_value>calculating; in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formulas; calculating in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>references;in Writer tables</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "formula bar in text"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149909" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="calculate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp" name="Calculating in Text Documents">Calculating in Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149949" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can insert a calculation directly into a text document or into a text table.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149972" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Click in the document where you want to insert the calculation, and then press F2. If you are in a table cell, type an equals sign =.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155547" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Type the calculation that you want to insert, for example, <item type="literal">=10000/12</item>, and then press Enter.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155565" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> - icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, and then choose a function for your formula.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8316904" role="note" l10n="NEW">To reference cells in a Writer text table, enclose the cell address or the cell range in angle brackets. For example, to reference cell A1 from another cell, enter =<A1> into the cell.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 56c82f2a2f..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_clipboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147692"><bookmark_value>pasting;results of formulas</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>clipboard;calculating in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formulas;pasting results in text documents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147692" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="35"><variable id="calculate_clipboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp" name=" Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document"> Calculating and Pasting the Result of a Formula in a Text Document</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156366" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">If your text already contains a formula, for example "12+24*2", $[officename] can calculate, and then paste the result of the formula in your document, without using the <emph>Formula Bar</emph>.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Select the formula in the text. The formula can only contain numbers and operators and cannot contain spaces.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155496" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">Choose <emph>Tools - Calculate</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Plus Sign (+).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5172582" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Place the cursor where you want to insert the result of the formula, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Paste</item>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.<br/>The selected formula is replaced by the result.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index cf05811e1b..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating Cell Totals in Tables</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147400"><bookmark_value>calculating;sums in text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>totals in text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables;calculating sums</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>table cells;calculating sums</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>sums of table cell series</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147400" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="calculate_intable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp" name="Calculating Cell Totals in Tables">Calculating the Sum of a Series of Table Cells</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154243" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Insert - Table</emph>, and insert a table with one column and more than one row into a text document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154203" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Type a number in each cell of the column, but leave the last cell in the column empty.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154222" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Place the cursor in the last cell of the column, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Sum</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Table Bar</item>.<br/>The - <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item> appears with the entry "=sum".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147775" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click in the first cell of the series you want to sum up, drag to the final cell, and then release.<br/>$[officename] inserts a formula for calculating the sum of the values in the current column.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150507" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press Enter, or click <emph>Apply</emph> in the Formula bar. <br/>The sum of the values in the current column is entered in the cell.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">If you enter a different number anywhere in the column, the sum is updated as soon as you click in the last column cell.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">Similarly, you can also quickly calculate the sum of a row of numbers.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 889f2f8007..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147406"><bookmark_value>formulas; complex formulas in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>calculating;formulas/mean values</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw reduced "calculating;" entries to one entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147406" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="20"><variable id="calculate_intext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp" name="Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents">Calculating Complex Formulas in Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145245" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="25">You can use predefined functions in a formula, and then insert the result of the calculation into a text document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152901" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">For example, to calculate the mean value of three numbers, do the following:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145078" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Click in the document where you want to insert the formula, and then press F2.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156382" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click the <item type="menuitem">Formula</item> - icon, and choose "Mean" from the Statistical Functions list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149692" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Type the three numbers, separated by vertical slashes (|).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149481" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Press <emph>Enter</emph>. The result is inserted as a field into the document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149823" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35">To edit the formula, double-click the field in the document.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 0f03ffaa39..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_intext2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153899"><bookmark_value>calculating;in text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; performing calculations in</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW reduced "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153899" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="49"><variable id="calculate_intext2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp" name="Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table">Displaying the Result of a Table Calculation in a Different Table</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154250" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can perform a calculation on cells in one table and display the result in a different table.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Open a text document, insert a table with multiple columns and rows, and then insert another table consisting of one cell.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150528" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">Enter numbers into some of the cells of the large table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Place the cursor in the table with the single cell, and then press F2.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155551" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155577" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Click in a cell in the larger table that contains a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155598" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147776" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="51">If you want, you can format the table to behave as normal text. Insert the table into a frame, and then anchor the frame as a character. The frame remains anchored to the adjacent text when you insert or delete text.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index fb7557d82d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecalculate_multitablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Calculating Across Tables</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154248"><bookmark_value>calculating; across multiple text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables;calculating across</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed "text tables;" to "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154248" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="11"><variable id="calculate_multitable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp" name="Calculating Across Tables">Calculating Across Tables</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can perform calculations that span across more than one table in a text document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147795" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Open a text document, insert two tables, and type numbers in a few cells in both tables.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147815" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Place your cursor in an empty cell in one of the tables.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147833" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Press F2.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147228" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <item type="menuitem">Formula Bar</item>, enter the function that you want to perform, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147254" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Click in a cell containing a number, press the plus sign (+), and then click in a different cell containing a number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147274" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Press <emph>Enter</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp#releistename"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 23f3a629a9..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecaptionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Captions </title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147691"><bookmark_value>inserting; captions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>captions; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;captions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>objects; captioning</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; labeling</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames; labeling</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>charts; labeling</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text frames; labeling</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>draw objects; inserting captions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>legends, see also captions</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147691" role="paragraph" l10n="E" oldref="21" - localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150537" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="39"><variable id="captions"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp" name="Using Captions">Using Captions</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153156" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="22">In text documents, you can add continuously numbered captions to graphics, tables, frames, and drawing objects.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153172" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">You can edit the text and the number ranges for different types of captions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153186" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="37">When you add a caption to a picture or to an object, the object and the caption text are placed together in a new frame. When you add a caption to a table, the caption text is inserted as a paragraph next to the table. When you add a caption to a frame, the caption text is added to the text inside the frame, either before or after the existing text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10713" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To move both the object and the caption, drag the frame that contains these items. To update the caption numbering after you move the frame, press F9.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155541" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">To define a caption proceed as follows:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155567" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155586" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147765" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Select the options that you want, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>. If you want, you can also enter different text in the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> - box, for example <item type="literal">Figure</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147254" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can edit caption text directly in the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147271" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="28">A caption is formatted with the paragraph style that matches the name of the caption category. For example, if you insert a "Table" caption, the "Table" paragraph style is applied to the caption text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145671" role="tip" l10n="CHG" oldref="45">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, frame, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7ed12966ae..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidecaptions_numbersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147684"><bookmark_value>captions; adding chapter numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>objects; captioning automatically</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>numbering; captions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>automatic numbering;of objects</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;chapter numbers in captions</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147684" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="14"><variable id="captions_numbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp" name="Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions">Adding Chapter Numbers to Captions</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147395" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">You can include chapter numbers in captions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147408" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">Ensure that the text in your document is organized by chapters, and that the chapter titles and, if you want, the section titles, use one of the predefined heading paragraph styles. You must also assign a numbering option to the heading paragraph styles.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select the item that you want to add a caption to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150503" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select a caption title from the <item type="menuitem">Category</item> - box, and select a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> - box. <br/>You also can enter a caption text in this dialog. If you want, enter text in the <item type="menuitem">Caption</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153166" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>Options</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153190" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> - box, select the number of heading levels to include in the chapter number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155553" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Type the character that you want to separate the chapter number(s) from the caption number in the - <item type="menuitem">Separator</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155586" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <emph>Caption</emph> dialog, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147226" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="43">$[officename] can automatically add a caption when you insert an object, graphic, or table. Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - AutoCaption</emph>.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145567" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01041100.xhp" name="Caption dialog">AutoCaption dialog</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145574" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Chapter numbering">Chapter numbering</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 62e75db71d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidechange_headerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3146875"><bookmark_value>headers; inserting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>footers; inserting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>page styles; changing from selection</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>new page styles from selection</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "creating;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146875" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="21"><variable id="change_header"><link href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp" name="Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page">Creating a Page Style Based on the Current Page</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153584" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">You can design a page layout and then create a page style based on it.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154245" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="24">For example, you can create a page style that displays a particular header, and another page style that displays a different header.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150503" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Open a new text document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150532" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="27">Click the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and select <emph>New Styles from Selection</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153153" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Type a name for the page in the <item type="menuitem">Style name</item> - box, and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153184" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Double-click the name in the list to apply the style to the current page. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155541" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and choose the new page style from the list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155572" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Type the text that you want in the header. Position the cursor into the main text area outside of the header.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155592" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147771" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - area, select <item type="menuitem">Page break</item> and then select “Default” from the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147810" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Repeat steps 2-6 to create a second custom page style with a different header.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 3e802cf43e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,99 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidechapter_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Outline Numbering</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147682"><bookmark_value>outlines;numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;heading numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>chapter numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>headings; numbering/paragraph styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>numbering;headings</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..." and made "outline numbering" a two level entry</comment><comment>mw reduced two "headings;" bookmarks to one entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147682" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="22"><variable id="chapter_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp" name="Outline Numbering">Outline Numbering</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155605" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="23">You can modify the heading hierarchy or assign a level in the hierarchy to a custom paragraph style. You can also add chapter and section numbering to heading paragraph styles. By default, the "Heading 1" paragraph style is at the top of the outline hierarchy.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155626" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="35">To Add Automatic Numbering to a Heading Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155891" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">In the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Style</item> - box, select the heading style that you want to add chapter numbers to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150513" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">In the - <item type="menuitem">Numbers</item> box, select the numbering style that you want to use, and then click - <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CE" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Remove Automatic Outline Numbering From a Heading Paragraph</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D5" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click at the beginning of the text in the heading paragraph, after the number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D9" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Press the <item type="keycode">Backspace</item> key to delete the number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155552" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="26">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Heading</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155571" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Outline Numbering</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147758" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Select the custom style in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147782" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click the heading level that you want to assign to the custom paragraph style in the - <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147808" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/><comment>mw inserted new link under "Related topics" and deleted "To rearrange the headings in a text document"</comment> -</body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d1f22621d5..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,124 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideconditional_textxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Conditional Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155619"><bookmark_value>matching conditional text in fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>if-then queries as fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>conditional text; setting up</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; conditional text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining;conditions</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155619" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="conditional_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp" name="Conditional Text">Conditional Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155879" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153175" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="61">To Define a Conditional Variable</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153185" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement. </paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155566" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147759" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click "Set variable" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147784" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example <item type="literal">Reminder</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147810" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">Click "Text" in the - <item type="menuitem">Format</item> list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7748344" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Enter <item type="literal">1</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, and then click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.<br/>The Format list now displays a "General" format.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145645" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="63">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145659" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="64">The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151193" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Place the cursor where you want to insert the conditional text in your text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151212" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="65">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155936" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Type <item type="literal">Reminder EQ "3"</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> - box. In other words, the conditional text will be displayed when the variable in the field that you defined in the first part of this example is equal to three.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155969" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">The quotation marks enclosing the "3" indicate that the variable that you defined in the first part of this example is a text string.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150446" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Type the text that you want to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then</emph> box. There is almost no limit to the length of the text that you can enter. You can paste a paragraph into this box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150473" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155073" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="66">To Display the Conditional Text</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155086" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="67">In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155110" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Place your cursor in front of the field that you defined in the first part of this example, and then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155136" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">Replace the number in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> - box with 3, and then click - <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155168" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">If the field does not automatically update, press F9.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#defining_conditions"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145714" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of conditional operators">List of conditional operators</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index c2ddbee20e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideconditional_text2xml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Conditional Text for Page Counts</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153108"><bookmark_value>page counts</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>conditional text;page counts</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153108" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="conditional_text2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp" name="Conditional Text for Page Counts">Conditional Text for Page Counts</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156228" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">You can create a conditional text field that displays the word "pages" instead of "page" in conjunction with a page count field if your document contains more than one page.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156257" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the page count.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150513" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Page Count</item>, and then enter a space.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150537" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153166" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click "Conditional text" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145256" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Type <item type="literal">Page > 1</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145280" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Type <item type="literal">Pages</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Then</item> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145305" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Type <item type="literal">Page</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Else</item> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155535" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp#defining_conditions"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 98990e2602..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidedelete_from_dictxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147688"><bookmark_value>user-defined dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>custom dictionaries; removing words from</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;words in user-defined dictionaries</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147688" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="13"><variable id="delete_from_dict"><link href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp" name="Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary">Removing Words From a User-Defined Dictionary</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153417" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151391" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit in the <item type="menuitem">User-defined</item> - list, and then click <item type="menuitem">Edit</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select the word that you want to delete in the <emph>Word</emph> list, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 2b55e1eb02..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidedragdroptextxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"><bookmark_value>sections;moving and copying</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>moving; text sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>copying; text sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pasting;cut/copied text sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>mouse;moving and copying text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text sections;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155919" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="dragdroptext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp" name="Moving and Copying Text in Documents">Moving and Copying Text in Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152994" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select the text that you want to move or copy.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154236" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">To move the selected text, drag the text to a different location in the document and release. While you drag, the mouse pointer changes to include a gray box.<br/> -<image id="img_id3153148" src="res/helpimg/movedata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153148">Mouse cursor moving data</alt> - </image></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154257" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">To copy the selected text, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you drag. The mouse pointer changes to include a plus sign (+).<br/> -<image id="img_id3152868" src="res/helpimg/copydata.png" width="0.3335in" height="0.3335in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3152868">Mouse cursor copying data</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp#dragdrop"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_graphic.xhp#dragdrop_graphic"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_fromgallery.xhp#dragdrop_fromgallery"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_gallery.xhp#dragdrop_gallery"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index c8e2592621..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideeven_odd_sdwxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153407"><bookmark_value>page styles; left and right pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>blank pages with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>empty page with alternating page styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages; left and right pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting; even/odd pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>title pages; page styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>First Page page style</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>Left Page page style</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>right pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>even/odd pages;formatting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW made "empty pages;..." and "blank pages;.." to one level entries.</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153407" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="even_odd_sdw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp" name="Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages">Alternating Page Styles on Odd and Even Pages</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3152897"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154265" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> -<image id="img_id3155876" src="cmd/sc_designerdialog.png" width="0.1862in" height="0.1862in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155876">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147126" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">$[officename] can automatically apply alternating page styles on even (left) and odd pages (right) in your document. For example, you can use page styles to display different headers and footers on even and odd pages. The current page style is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph> at the bottom of the workplace.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8194219" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150526" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> - icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153153" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">In the list of page styles, right-click "Left Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153179" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145267" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Select "Right Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145299" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">In the list of page styles, right-click "Right Page" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155529" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Select "Left Page" in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155561" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Go to the first page in your document, and double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155588" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">To add a header to one of the page styles, choose - <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the header to. In the header frame, type the text that you want to use as the header.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147772" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose - <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147254" role="tip" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the "First Page" style to the title page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id888698" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3394573" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7594225" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8147221" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Remove the check mark from <emph>Print automatically inserted blank pages</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145596" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 33eb3f3e28..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefield_convertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Converting a Field into Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154079"><bookmark_value>fields; converting into text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>converting;fields, into text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>replacing;fields, by text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;fields, into text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154079" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="field_convert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp" name="Converting a Field into Text">Converting a Field into Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can change a field to regular text, so that it is no longer updated. After you change a field to text, you cannot change the text back into a field.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155608" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the field and choose <emph>Edit - Cut</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154238" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click "Unformatted text" in the - <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> list, and then click - <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157551" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/shared/01/02070000.xhp" name="Paste Special">Paste Special</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index eaabb4887e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,115 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefieldsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">About Fields</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"><bookmark_value>fields;updating/viewing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>updating;fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>Help tips;fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>properties;fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>disabling;field highlighting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;field shadings</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>viewing;fields</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed "fields;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="About Fields">About Fields</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154262" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Viewing Fields</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="6">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp" name="View - Fields"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="195">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - $[officename] - Appearance</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152885" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">To change the color of field shadings, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp" name="$[officename] - Appearance"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Appearance</item></link></emph>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153166" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Field Properties</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153180" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="181">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="182">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3155548"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155582" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="183">Field Type</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147760" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="184">Property</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147789" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="185">Placeholder</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147812" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="186">Opens a dialog to insert the object for which the placeholder was set.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147216" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="187">Insert Reference</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147239" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="188">Moves the mouse pointer to the reference.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147267" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="189">Run macro</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147290" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="190">Runs a macro.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145614" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="191">Input Field</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145637" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="192">Opens a dialog to edit the contents of the field.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151244" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="10">Placeholder, hidden text, insert reference, variable, database, and user-defined fields display a help tip when you rest the mouse pointer over the field in a document. To enable this feature, ensure that the Extended Tipsoption (<item type="menuitem">What's This?</item>) is selected in the <item type="menuitem">Help</item> menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155937" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">Updating Fields</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155963" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155984" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7a515e1ff2..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefields_datexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5111545"><bookmark_value>inserting;date fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>dates;inserting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>date fields;fixed/variable</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>fixed dates</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>variable dates</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155165" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="fields_date"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp" name="Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field">Inserting a Fixed or Variable Date Field</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154491" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can insert the current date as a field that updates each time you open the document, or as a field that does not update.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147679" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click “Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - list and do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155602" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">To insert the date as a field that updates each time you open the document, click ”Date” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> - list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154241" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">To insert the date as a field that does not update, click “Date (fixed)” in the <item type="menuitem">Select</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 70e9f3cd80..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefields_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Input Fields</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155916"><bookmark_value>text; input fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>fields; input fields in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>input fields in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;input fields</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155916" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="fields_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp" name="Adding Input Fields">Adding Input Fields</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">An input field is a variable that you can click in a document to open a dialog where you can edit the variable.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145776" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item> - and click the <item type="menuitem">Functions</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click “Input field”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154257" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> - and type the text for the variable.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155888" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150708" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="4">To quickly open all input fields in a document for editing, press Ctrl+Shift+F9.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index f26d7ed900..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,238 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefields_userdataxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153398"><bookmark_value>fields; user data</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>user data; querying</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>conditions; user data fields</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>hiding;text, from specific users</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; hiding from specific users, with conditions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>user variables in conditions/fields</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153398" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="59"><variable id="fields_userdata"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp" name="Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions">Querying User Data in Fields or Conditions</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154239" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">You can access and compare some user data from conditions or fields. For example, you can compare user data with the following operators:</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3154255"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155889" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="94">Operator</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="95">Meaning</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="96">== or EQ</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150531" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="97">equals</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150725" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="98">!= or NEQ</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150748" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="99">is not equal to</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153167" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="101">If you want, you can use a condition to hide specific text in your document from a specific user.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153190" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="102">Select the text in the document that you want to hide.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145273" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="103">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145297" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="104">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> - area, select the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="105">In the <emph>With Condition</emph> box, type <emph>user_lastname == "Doe"</emph>, where "Doe" is the last name of the user that you want to hide the text from. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155573" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="107">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then save the document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147760" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="108">The name of the hidden section can still be seen in the Navigator.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147777" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="61">The following table is a list of the user variables that you can access when defining a condition or a field:</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3147793"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147819" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="62">User variables</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147218" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="63">Meaning</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147245" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="64">user_firstname</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147268" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65">First name</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145592" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="66">user_lastname</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145615" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="67">Last name</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145642" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="68">user_initials</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145666" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="69">Initials</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151200" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="70">user_company</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151223" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="71">Company</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151250" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="72">user_street</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152912" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="73">Street</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152940" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="74">user_country</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152963" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="75">Country</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152990" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="76">user_zipcode</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145679" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="77">Zip Code</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145706" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="78">user_city</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145729" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="79">City</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145756" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="80">user_title</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145779" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="81">Title</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156284" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="82">user_position</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156307" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="83">Position</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156334" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="84">user_tel_work</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156357" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="85">Business telephone number</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156384" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="86">user_tel_home</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149728" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="87">Home telephone number</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149756" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="88">user_fax</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149778" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="89">Fax number</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="90">user_email</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147294" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="91">E-mail address</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147321" role="code" l10n="U" oldref="92">user_state</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147344" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="93">State</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147392" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of operators">List of operators</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6fed124a9d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,146 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefindingxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Finding and Replacing in Writer</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> - <section id="finding_text"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id1163670"><bookmark_value>finding; text/text formats/styles/objects</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>replacing; text and text formats</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles;finding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>searching, see also finding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text formats; finding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formats; finding and replacing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>searching; formats</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>objects;finding by Navigator</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>Asian languages;search options</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>3. mw added 2 index entries and changed "finding;"</comment><comment>2. mw copied 6 index entries from shared/01/02100300.xhp. Then made one entry of two "finding;" entries, one entry of two "replacing;" entries and one entry of two "formats;" entries</comment><comment>1. mw copied 5 entries from shared/01/02100000.xhp and then made one entry of two "finding;" entries.</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8568681" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="finding"><link href="text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp">Finding and Replacing in Writer</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id611285" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph> - </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6226081" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6702780" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158970" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Find Text</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6957304" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2164677" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Enter the text to find in the <emph>Search for</emph> text box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5684072" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Either click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4377269" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <emph>Find</emph>, Writer will show you the next text that is equal to your entry. You can watch and edit the text, then click <emph>Find</emph> again to advance to the next found text. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1371807" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id924100" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9359416" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5891598" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Replace Text</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1780755" role="note" l10n="NEW">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2467421" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4286935" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Enter the text to search in the <emph>Search for </emph>text box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9959410" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Enter the text to replace the found text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id24109" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Either click <emph>Replace</emph> or <emph>Replace All</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id703451" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Search for</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace with</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7540818" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9908444" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Find Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8413953" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2696920" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id896938" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9147007" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Check <item type="menuitem">Search for Styles</item>.<br/>The <item type="menuitem">Search for</item> text box now is a list box, where you can select any of the Paragraph Styles that are applied in the current document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id679342" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3231299" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Find Formats</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8087405" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3406170" role="note" l10n="NEW">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2448805" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose Edit - Find & Replace to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4542985" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>More Options</emph> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4679403" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Format</emph> button.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7783745" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>Find</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5597094" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">More options</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9919431" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8533280" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>...</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4646748" role="tip" l10n="NEW">When you have enabled Asian language support under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2489394" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The Navigator</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9934385" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4159062" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7421796" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6417432" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Click the icon with the blue circle at the bottom right part of your document to open the small <emph>Navigation</emph> window.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4639728" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the small Navigation window to quickly jump to the next object or find the next text in your document.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/find_attributes.xhp#find_attributes"/> - <embed href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp#02100001"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/> - <embed href="text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp#finding"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 78ef9c1784..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefooter_nextpagexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"><bookmark_value>pages; continuation pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>next page number in footers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>continuation pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>page numbers; continuation pages</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145819" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer_nextpage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_nextpage.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages">Inserting Page Numbers of Continuation Pages</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154242" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can easily insert the page number of the next page in a footer by using a field.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154256" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">The page number is only displayed if the following page exists.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147109" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Place the cursor in the footer and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147134" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">In the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog, click the <emph>Document</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150955" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click 'Page' in the <emph>Type</emph> list and 'Next page' in the <emph>Select</emph> list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150517" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Click a numbering style in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> - list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150537" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">If you select 'Text' in the <emph>Format</emph> list, only the text that you enter in the <emph>Value</emph> box is displayed in the field.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150727" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>Insert</emph> to insert the field with the page number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 1ade596d99..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefooter_pagenumberxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155624"><bookmark_value>footers; with page numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages; numbers and count of</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>page numbers; footers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>numbering;pages</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp" name="Inserting Page Numbers in Footers">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8230842" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7867366" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153155" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2988677" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155554" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Count</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ac89eeccf2..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,125 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefootnote_usagexml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145819"><bookmark_value>endnotes;inserting and editing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;footnotes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>organizing;footnotes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>footnotes; inserting and editing</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "removing;.."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145819" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="16"><variable id="footnote_usage"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp" name="Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes">Inserting and Editing Footnotes or Endnotes</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154258" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Footnotes reference more information about a topic at the bottom of a page and endnotes reference information at the end of the document. $[officename] automatically numbers the footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155881" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="24">To Insert a Footnote or Endnote</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155903" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click in your document where you want to place the anchor of the note.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147120" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp" name="Insert - Footnote"><emph>Insert - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150937" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> - area, select the format that you want to use. If you select <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) and select the character that you want to use for the footnote.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - area, select <item type="menuitem">Footnote</item> - or <item type="menuitem">Endnote</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150704" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150729" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Type the note.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <table id="tbl_id3150745"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148843" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> -<image id="img_id3148857" src="cmd/sc_insertfootnote.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148857">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153176" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="27">You can also insert footnotes by clicking the <emph>Insert Footnote Directly</emph> icon on the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155543" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="28">To Edit a Footnote or Endnote</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150167" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">The mouse pointer changes to a hand when you rest it over a footnote or endnote anchor in your document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155563" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">To edit the text of a footnote or endnote, click in the note, or click the anchor for the note in the text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145029" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">To change the format of a footnote, click in the footnote, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the Styles and Formatting window, right-click "Footnote" in the list, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145062" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">To jump from the footnote or endnote text to the note anchor in the text, press PageUp.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145081" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">To edit the numbering properties of a footnote or endnote anchor, click in front of the anchor, and choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02150000.xhp" name="Edit - Footnote"><emph>Edit - Footnote/Endnote</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147776" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">To change the formatting that $[officename] applies to footnotes and endnotes, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp" name="Tools - Footnotes"><emph>Tools - Footnotes/Endnotes</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147813" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">To edit the properties of the text area for footnotes or endnotes, choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp" name="Footnote"><emph>Footnote</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147232" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">To remove a footnote, delete the footnote anchor in the text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6e6327ac6b..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,92 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidefootnote_with_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Spacing Between Footnotes</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147683"><bookmark_value>spacing; endnotes/footnotes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>endnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>footnotes; spacing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>borders;for footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines;footnotes/endnotes</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147683" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="40"><variable id="footnote_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp" name="Spacing Between Footnotes">Spacing Between Footnotes</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145808" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39">If you want to increase the spacing between footnote or endnote texts, you can add a top and bottom border to the corresponding paragraph style.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155603" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click in a footnote or endnote.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154251" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">Right-click the Paragraph Style that you want to modify, for example, "Footnote", and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155884" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Click the <link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Borders"><emph>Borders</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">In the <item type="menuitem">Default</item> - area, click the <item type="menuitem">Set Top and Bottom Borders Only</item> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150931" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">In the <item type="menuitem">Line</item> area, click a line in the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150961" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">Select "White" in the <item type="menuitem">Color</item> - box. If the background of the page is not white, select the color that best matches the background color.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150519" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">In the <emph>Spacing to contents</emph> area, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150709" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">Enter a value in the <item type="menuitem">Top</item> - and <item type="menuitem">Bottom</item> - boxes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150740" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="48">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148846" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="49"><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Borders">Format - Paragraph - Borders</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 062f7e6183..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideform_letters_mainxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating a Form Letter</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159257"><bookmark_value>serial letters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>form letters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>mail merge</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>letters; creating form letters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>wizards;form letters</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw added "serial letters"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159257" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="29"><variable id="form_letters"><variable id="form_letters_main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp" name="Creating a Form Letter">Creating a Form Letter</link> -</variable> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150502" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">To create a form letter, you need a text document that contains fields for address data, and an address database. Then you combine or merge the address data and the text document to either print the letters or send them by e-mail.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0805200801132382" role="note" l10n="NEW">If the document is in HTML format, any embedded or linked images will not be sent with the e-mail.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10653" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard</link> helps you to create form letters.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10664" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW">To create a form letter</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066B" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Tools - Mail Merge Wizard</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10672" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You see the Mail Merge Wizard dialog. The following is an example of one of many possible ways to navigate the wizard's pages:</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10676" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Start from a template</emph>, and click the <emph>Browse</emph> button.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10681" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You see the <emph>New</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Select <item type="literal">Business Correspondence</item> in the left list, and then <item type="literal">Modern letter</item> in the right list. Click <emph>OK</emph> to close the Templates dialog, and click <emph>Next</emph> in the wizard.<comment>removed the next two paras</comment></paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2669759" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Letter</emph> and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106BD" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">On the next step of the wizard, click the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button to check that you are using the correct address list. If you want to use an address block, select an address block type, match the data fields if necessary, and click <emph>Next</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Next follows the <emph>Create a salutation</emph> step. Deselect the <emph>Insert personalized salutation</emph> box. Under <emph>General salutation</emph>, select the salutation that you want on top of all letters.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C6" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want to place mail merge fields anywhere else in the document select the corresponding column in your address data source and then drag and drop the column header into the document where you would like the field to be. Be sure to select the entire column.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D5" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Click <emph>Next</emph> and finally <emph>Finish</emph> to create the mail merge.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/01/01010100.xhp#vor_und_dok"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp#data_addressbook"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp#database_main"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 9f9a6c335e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideglobaldocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Master Documents and Subdocuments</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"><bookmark_value>master documents;properties</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>subdocuments;properties</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>central documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>subsidiary documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>documents; master documents and subdocuments</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles;master documents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>Mw made "master documents" and "subdocuments" a two level entry, deleted "references;" and "bookmarks;" and added a new entry and shifted "Navigator;" and "indexes;" to the file globaldoc_howtos.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW: This file was split into globaldoc.xhp (concepts) and globaldoc_howtos.xhp (procedures)</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6537369" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153400" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can create a table of contents and index in the master document for all of the subdocuments.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="15">Styles that are used in subdocuments, such as new paragraph styles, are automatically imported into the master document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9033783" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When viewing the master document, styles that are already present in the master document take precedence over styles with the same name that are imported from subdocuments. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3419598" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Subdocuments never get changed by changes made to the master document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155180" role="note" l10n="C">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7904904" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Example of Using Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5817743" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9169591" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1590014" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5878780" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To avoid confusion, use the same document template for the master document and its subdocuments. This happens automatically when you create the master document and its subdocuments from an existing document with headings, using the command <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp#globaldoc_howtos"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154382" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d087cc7485..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,190 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideglobaldoc_howtosxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145246"><bookmark_value>Navigator;master documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>master documents;creating/editing/exporting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>subdocuments;creating/editing/removing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>removing;subdocuments</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>indexes; master documents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW created 4 new index entries. 2 index entries were taken from globaldoc.xhp.</comment><comment>MW made one index entry out of 2 "subdocuments;" entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW: this is a new guide created from splitting globaldoc.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1522873" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153127" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="29">To Create a Master Document</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149634" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="31">Choose <emph>File - New - Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> - -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="32">Open an existing document and choose <emph>File - Send - Create Master Document</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - - <list type="ordered" startwith="2"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149873" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">If you are creating a new master document, the first entry in the Navigator should be a <item type="menuitem">Text</item> - entry. Type an introduction or enter some text. This ensures that after having edited an existing style in the master document, you see the changed style when viewing the subdocuments.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145114" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">In the <item type="menuitem">Navigator</item> for master documents (should open automatically, else press F5 to open), click and hold the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> - icon, and do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="34">To insert an existing file as a subdocument, choose <emph>File</emph>, locate the file that you want to include, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> - -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145405" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="35">To create a new subdocument, choose <emph>New Document</emph>, type a name for the file, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id8550981" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG">To insert some text between subdocuments, choose <emph>Text</emph>. Then type the text. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.<comment>i81372</comment></paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - <list type="ordered" startwith="4"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153382" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Choose <emph>File - Save</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="37">To Edit a Master Document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155879" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">To open a subdocument for editing, double-click the name of the subdocument in the Navigator.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155931" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="39">To remove a subdocument from the master document, right-click the subdocument in the Navigator list and choose <emph>Delete</emph>. The subdocument file is not deleted, only the entry in the Navigator is removed.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148677" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">To add text to a master document, right-click an item in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Text</emph>. A text section is inserted before the selected item in the master document where you can type the text that you want. You cannot insert text next to an existing text entry in the Navigator.<comment>i81372</comment></paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149982" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">To reorder the subdocuments in a master document, drag a subdocument to a new location in the Navigator list. You can also select a subdocument in the list, and click the <item type="menuitem">Move down</item> or <item type="menuitem">Move up</item> - icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153022" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">To add an index, such as a table of contents, right-click in the Navigator list, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <table id="tbl_id3154206"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148949" role="paragraph" l10n="E"> -<image id="img_id3148959" src="sw/imglst/sc20246.png" width="0.1862in" height="0.1862in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148959">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153632" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="21">To update an index in a master document, select the index in the Navigator, and then click the <emph>Update</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10C40" role="note" l10n="NEW">When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object "to page". Instead, set the anchor "to paragraph" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to "Entire Page" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153656" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="41">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152760" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Ensure that each subdocument starts with a heading that uses the same paragraph style, for example "Heading 1".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153876" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">In the master document, choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153907" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Right-click "Heading 1" and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147124" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Click the <item type="menuitem">Text Flow</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149770" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="46">In the <item type="menuitem">Breaks</item> - area, select <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then select “Page”in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150224" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">If you want each subdocument to start on an odd page, select <emph>With Page Style</emph>, and select "Right page" in the box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145205" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145228" role="heading" level="3" l10n="CHG" - oldref="48">To Export a Master Document as a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Text Document</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150315" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="49">Choose <item type="menuitem">File - Export</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148580" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">In the <emph>File format</emph> list, select a text document file format and click <emph>Export</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8371227" role="note" l10n="NEW">The subdocuments will be exported as sections. Use <item type="menuitem">Format - Sections</item> to unprotect and remove sections, if you prefer a plain text document without sections.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154382" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator in master mode">Navigator in master mode</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index dea00623b4..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideheader_footerxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">About Headers and Footers</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155863"><bookmark_value>headers;about</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>footers;about</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>HTML documents; headers and footers</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155863" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="38"><variable id="header_footer"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp" name="About Headers and Footers">About Headers and Footers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35">Headers and footers are areas in the top and the bottom page margins, where you can add text or graphics. Headers and footers are added to the current page style. Any page that uses the same style automatically receives the header or footer that you add. You can insert <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Fields">Fields</link>, such as page numbers and chapter headings, in headers and footers in a text document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150511" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="44">The page style for the current page is displayed in the <emph>Status Bar</emph>.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155896" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">To add a header to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Header</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147119" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">To add a footer to a page, choose <emph>Insert - Footer</emph>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153726" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">You can also choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> - tab, and then select <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> - or <item type="menuitem">Footer on</item>. Clear the <item type="menuitem">Same content left/right</item> check box if you want to define different headers and footers for even and odd pages.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146876" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">To use different headers or footers in your document, you must add them to different <link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Page Styles">Page Styles</link>, and then apply the styles to the pages where you want the headers or footer to appear.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150704" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="41">Headers and Footers in HTML Documents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150717" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="34">Some of the header and footer options are also available for HTML documents. Headers and footers are not supported by HTML and instead are exported with special tags, so that they can be viewed in a browser. Headers and footers are only exported in HTML documents if they are enabled in Web Layout mode. When you reopen the document in $[officename], the headers and footers are displayed correctly, including any fields that you inserted. </paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153174" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Page Styles">Page Styles</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 694f8bc1fa..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,112 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideheader_pagestylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Different Headers and Footers</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155920"><bookmark_value>headers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>footers;defining for left and right pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>page styles; changing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining; headers/footers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>mirrored page layout</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155920" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="25"><variable id="header_pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp" name="Defining Different Headers and Footers">Defining Different Headers and Footers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154263" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can use different headers and footers on different pages in your document, so long as the pages use different page styles. $[officename] provides several predefined page styles, such as <emph>First page</emph>, <emph>Left page</emph> and <emph>Right page</emph>, or you can create a custom page style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147105" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can also use the mirrored page layout if you want to add a header to a page style that has different inner and outer page margins. To apply this option to a page style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item>, click the - <item type="menuitem">Page</item> tab, and in the - <item type="menuitem">Layout settings</item> area, choose “Mirrored” in the - <item type="menuitem">Page layout</item> box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150224" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="28">For example, you can use page styles to define different headers for even and odd pages in a document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150929" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Open a new text document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150946" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> and click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150510" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Right-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153750" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Select - <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146865" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> - box, select "Left Page".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146889" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150714" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, right-click "Left Page" in the list of page styles and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150748" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> dialog, click the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153172" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Select - <item type="menuitem">Header on</item> and click the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147061" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <item type="menuitem">Next Style</item> - box, select "Right Page".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147086" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145263" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Double-click "Right Page" in the list of page styles to apply the style to the current page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145284" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">Enter text or graphics in the header for the Left Page style. After the next page is added to your document, enter text or graphics in the header for the Right Page style. </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 0e38822ba5..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,111 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideheader_with_chapterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155919"><bookmark_value>running titles in headers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>floating titles in headers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>headers; chapter information</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>names; chapter names in headers</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155919" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="header_with_chapter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp" name="Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer">Inserting a Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">Before you can insert chapter information into a header or footer, you must first set the outline numbering options for the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154244" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="23">To Create a Paragraph Style for Chapter Titles</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155874" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155898" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> - box, select the paragraph style that you want to use for chapter titles, for example, "Heading 1".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147124" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Select the numbering style for the chapter titles in the <item type="menuitem">Number</item> - box, for example, "1,2,3...".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150219" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Type "Chapter" followed by a space in the <item type="menuitem">Before</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150245" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Enter a space in the <item type="menuitem">After</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150949" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150505" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="30">To Insert the Chapter Name and Number in a Header or a Footer</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Apply the paragraph style that you defined for chapter titles to the chapter headings in your document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153729" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header</item> - or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer</item>, and then select the page style for the current page from the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153762" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in the header or footer.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146863" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item> and click the - <item type="menuitem">Document</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153175" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click "Chapter" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - list and "Chapter number and name" in the <item type="menuitem">Format</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147065" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147095" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">The header on every page that uses the current page style automatically displays the chapter name and number.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 129e1ae3da..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideheader_with_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Formatting Headers or Footers</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154866"><bookmark_value>inserting;lines under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines; under headers/above footers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>headers;formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>footers;formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>shadows;headers/footers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>borders;for headers/footers</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154866" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="20"><variable id="header_with_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp" name="Formatting Headers or Footers">Formatting Headers or Footers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154243" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="21">You can apply direct formatting to the text in a header or footer. You can also adjust the spacing of the text relative to the header or footer frame or apply a border to the header or footer.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155873" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Page</item> - and select the <item type="menuitem">Header</item> - or <item type="menuitem">Footer</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147109" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Set the spacing options that you want to use.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147128" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">To add a border or a shadow to the header or the footer, click <item type="menuitem">More</item>. The <item type="menuitem">Border/Background</item> - dialog opens.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150520" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="24">To add a separator line between the header or the footer and the content of the page, click the bottom edge of the square in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area. Click a line style in the <emph>Style</emph> box.</paragraph> -</listitem> - -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153742" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="25">To adjust the spacing between the content of the header or footer and the line, clear the <emph>Synchronize</emph> box, and then enter a value in the<emph> Bottom</emph> box.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index b2741900b1..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,143 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidehidden_textxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Hiding Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>text; hiding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>sections;hiding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs;hiding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>hiding;text, with conditions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>variables;for hiding text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "comparisons;" and copied two entries to hidden_text_display.xhp and 2 entries to nonprintable_text.xhp</comment><comment>MW added "variables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="hidden_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150103" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can use fields and sections to hide or display text in your document if a condition is met.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">Before you can hide text, you must first create a variable to use in the condition for hiding the text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5174108" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a Variable</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153131" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click in your document and choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149640" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click the <emph>Variables </emph>tab and click "Set Variable" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click "General" in the <emph>Format </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Type a name for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">Hide</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149869" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Enter a value for the variable in the <item type="menuitem">Value</item> box, for example, <item type="literal">1</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">To hide the variable in your document, select <emph>Invisible</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149585" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156245" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="27">To Hide Text</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145391" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Click in the document where you want to add the text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155325" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Click "Hidden Text" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154404" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Type the text that you want to hide in the <emph>Hidden text </emph>box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154256" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="33">To Hide a Paragraph</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154853" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click in the paragraph where you want to add the text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154872" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Other</emph> and click the <emph>Functions </emph>tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Click "Hidden Paragraph" in the <emph>Type </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155947" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Enter a statement in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149991" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> and <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3793450" role="note" l10n="NEW">You must enable this feature by removing the check mark from menu <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>. When the check mark is set, you cannot hide any paragraph.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148675" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="38">To Hide a Section</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Select the text that you want to hide in your document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153019" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148950" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the <item type="menuitem">Hide</item> area, select <item type="menuitem">Hide</item>, and then enter an expression in the <item type="menuitem">Condition</item> box. For example, using the variable you previously defined, enter <item type="literal">Hide==1</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153636" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3846858" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8148442" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148603" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10"><link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp" name="Insert - Fields - Other">Insert - Fields - Other</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147011" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11"><link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section">Insert - Section</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 3872aa75c4..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidehidden_text_displayxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Displaying Hidden Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>hidden text; displaying</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>displaying;hidden text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="hidden_text_display"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp" name="Displaying Hidden Text">Displaying Hidden Text</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from splitting hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5659962" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you have a text that was hidden by defining a condition with a variable, you have several options to display the hidden text. Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152777" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="7">Enable the check mark at <emph>View - Hidden Paragraphs</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153902" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Double-click in front of the variable that you used to define the condition for hiding the text, and enter a different value for the variable.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Double-click in front of the hidden text field or the hidden paragraph field, and change the condition statement.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1865901" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147029" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/02/14020000.xhp" name="List of Operators">List of Operators</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index c5ae4d533e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidehyperlinksxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155845"><bookmark_value>hyperlinks; inserting from Navigator</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting; hyperlinks from Navigator</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting with Navigator</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>Navigator;inserting hyperlinks</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155845" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="21"><variable id="hyperlinks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp" name="Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator">Inserting Hyperlinks With the Navigator</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">You can insert a cross-reference as a hyperlink in your document using the Navigator. You can even cross-reference items from other <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> documents. If you click the hyperlink when the document is opened in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, you are taken to the cross-referenced item.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149833" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Open the document(s) containing the items you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148846" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">On the Standard bar, click the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156108" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">Drag Mode</item> icon, and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Insert as Hyperlink</item> - is selected.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">In the list at the bottom of the Navigator, select the document containing the item that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">In the Navigator list, click the plus sign next to the item that you want to insert as a hyperlink.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153133" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Drag the item to where you want to insert the hyperlink in the document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149635" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27">The name of the item is inserted in the document as an underlined hyperlink.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 92bf4539eb..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidehyphen_preventxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>hyphenation;preventing for specific words</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>words;wrapping/not wrapping in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>switching off;hyphenation for specific words</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw copied 2 entries from using_hyphen.xhp and added a new entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="20"><variable id="hyphen_prevent"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp" name="Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words">Preventing Hyphenation of Specific Words</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from splitting using_hyphen.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5640125" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If your text is <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">automatically hyphenated</link> and certain hyphenated words look ugly, or if you want specific words never to be hyphenated you can switch off hyphenation for those words:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153634" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Writing Aids</emph> - </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153658" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select a dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionary </emph>list, and then click <emph>Edit</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147125" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">If the list is empty, click <emph>New</emph> to create a dictionary.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150218" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">In the<emph> Word</emph> box, type the word you want to exclude from hyphenation, followed by an equal sign (=), for example, "pretentious=".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150247" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="65">Click <emph>New</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147036" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="29">To quickly exclude a word from hyphenation, select the word, choose <emph>Format - Character</emph>, click the <emph>Font </emph>tab, and select "None" in the <emph>Language </emph>box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262761" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Some words contain special characters that %PRODUCTNAME treats as a hyphen. If you do not want such words to be hyphenated, you can insert a special code that prevents hyphenation at the position where the special code is inserted. Proceed as follows:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262850" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Enable the special features of complex text layout (CTL) languages: Choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - Language Settings - Languages</item> and check <emph>Enabled for complex text layout (CTL)</emph>. Click OK.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262837" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Position the cursor at the place where no hyphenation should occur.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910262867" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Formatting Mark - No-width no break</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0302200910572128" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Once the special character is inserted, you might disable CTL again. Support of CTL was only necessary to insert the special character.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6222508d59..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindentingxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Indenting Paragraphs</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155869"><bookmark_value>formatting; indenting paragraphs</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>indents;in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs; indents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>hanging indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>right indents in paragraphs</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines of text; indents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;indents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made indents a two level entry, changed "paragraphs;" and copied "changing;indents" from writer guide "ruler.xhp"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id129398" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="indenting"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp">Indenting Paragraphs</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>see i66307</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5589159" role="note" l10n="NEW">To change the measurement units, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</item>, and then select a new measurement unit in the Settings area. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9936216" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can change the indents for the current paragraph, or for all selected paragraphs, or for a Paragraph Style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7953123" role="tip" l10n="NEW">You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>. To display the ruler, choose <item type="menuitem">View - Ruler</item>.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4013794" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for the current paragraph or for all selected paragraphs. You can also <link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp" name="ruler">set indents using the ruler</link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1631824" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click a paragraph and choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style - Indents & Spacing</item> to change the indents for all paragraphs that have the same Paragraph Style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7271645" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Indents are calculated with respect to the left and right page margins. If you want the paragraph to extend into the page margin, enter a negative number. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2136295" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The indents are different regarding the writing direction. For example, look at the <item type="menuitem">Before text </item>indent value in left-to-right languages. The left edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the left page margin. In right-to-left languages, the right edge of the paragraph is indented with respect to the right page margin.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4186223" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">For a hanging indent, enter a positive value for <item type="menuitem">Before text</item> and a negative value for <item type="menuitem">First line</item>.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1491134" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 0985c44f38..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_deletexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"><bookmark_value>indexes; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing or deleting entries</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;entries of indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;table/index entries</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155186" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="11"><variable id="indices_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp" name="Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries">Editing or Deleting Index and Table Entries</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">Index entries are inserted as fields into your document. To view fields in your document, choose <item type="menuitem">View</item> - and ensure that <item type="menuitem">Field Shadings</item> - is selected. </paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155507" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Place the cursor immediately in front of the index entry in your document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155526" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Choose <emph>Edit - Index Entry</emph>, and do one of the following: </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154238" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To change the entry, enter different text in the <emph>Entry</emph> box.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">To remove the entry, click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155893" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">To cycle through the index entries in your document, click the next or the previous arrows in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02160000.xhp" name="Edit Index Entry dialog"><emph>Edit Index Entry</emph> dialog</link>.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 76831b47f7..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>indexes; editing/updating/deleting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables of contents; editing and deleting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>updating;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="56"><variable id="indices_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp" name="Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents">Updating, Editing and Deleting Indexes and Tables of Contents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155856" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">Place the cursor in the index or table of contents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155871" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="59">If you cannot place your cursor in the index or table of contents, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</item>, and then select - <item type="menuitem">Enable</item> in the - <item type="menuitem">Cursor in protected areas</item> section.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154248" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="58">Right-click and choose an editing option from the menu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">You can also make changes directly to an index or table of contents. Right-click in the index or table of contents, choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>, click <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, and then clear the <emph>Protected from manual changes</emph> check box.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index cba62f51b9..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,102 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_enterxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"><bookmark_value>indexes; defining entries in</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables of contents; defining entries in</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>entries; defining in indexes/tables of contents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="4"><variable id="indices_enter"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp" name="Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries">Defining Index or Table of Contents Entries</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155862" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To Define Index Entries</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156380" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in a word, or select the words in your document that you want to use as an index entry.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147409" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>, and do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To change the text that appears in the index, type the text that you want in the <emph>Entry</emph> box. The text that you type here does not replace the selected text in the document.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154258" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To add an index mark to similar words in your document, select <emph>Apply to all similar texts</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155889" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="10">To add the entries to a custom index, click the <emph>New User-defined Index</emph> icon, enter the name of the index, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147119" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="12">To Define Table of Contents Entries</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147132" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150230" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="13">To Use a Custom Paragraph Style as a Table of Contents Entry</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150933" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> and click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150964" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select the paragraph style that you want to include in your table of contents in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150523" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">In the <emph>Level</emph> list, click the hierarchical level that you want to apply the paragraph style to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153730" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click <emph>OK</emph>. You can now apply the style to headings in your document and include them in your table of contents. </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 128a6886d2..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,108 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_formxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>indexes; formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing; index format</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables of contents; formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>entries; in tables of contents, as hyperlinks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables of contents; hyperlinks as entries</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>hyperlinks; in tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting;indexes and tables of contents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155855" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="38"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp" name="Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154259" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155888" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="44">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147135" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Click the <emph>Styles </emph>tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150229" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">Click an index level in the <emph>Levels </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150934" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="48">Click the style that you want to apply in the <emph>Paragraph Style </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150960" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Click the assign button <emph><</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150516" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="49">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="40">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146890" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="50">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150712" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Right-click in the table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150738" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148399" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">In the <item type="menuitem">Level</item> list click the heading level that you want to assign hyperlinks to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148424" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">In the <emph>Structure </emph>area, click in the box in front of <emph>E#</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153171" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Click in the box behind the <emph>E</emph>, and then click <emph>Hyperlink</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147060" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="55">Repeat for each heading level that you want to create hyperlinks for, or click the <item type="menuitem">All</item> button to apply the formatting to all levels.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index f59a2ba0e7..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,83 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_indexxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"><bookmark_value>concordance files;indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>indexes; alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>alphabetical indexes</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155911" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="24"><variable id="indices_index"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp" name="Creating Alphabetical Indexes">Creating Alphabetical Indexes</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click in your document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154252" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155884" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">On the <emph>Index/Table</emph> tab, select "Alphabetical Index" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">If you want to use a concordance file, select <item type="menuitem">Concordance file</item> in the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> - area, click the <item type="menuitem">File</item> button, and then locate an existing file or create a new concordance file.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Set the formatting options for the index, either on the current tab, or on any of the other tabs of this dialog. For example, if you want to use single letter headings in your index, click the <emph>Entries</emph> tab, and then select <emph>Alphabetical delimiter</emph>. To change the formatting of levels in the index, click the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150946" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150502" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">To update the index, right-click in the index, and then choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152760" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="38"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120250.xhp" name="Creating a concordance file">Creating a concordance file</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index fd0aecbe99..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_literaturexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating a Bibliography</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"><bookmark_value>indexes;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>databases;creating bibliographies</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>bibliographies</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>entries;bibliographies</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>storing bibliographic information</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149687" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="46"><variable id="indices_literature"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp" name="Creating a Bibliography">Creating a Bibliography</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="60">A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153402" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="61">Storing Bibliographic Information</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="62">$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154244" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="63">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/02250000.xhp" name="Tools - Bibliography Database"><emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph></link></paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155900" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="64">Choose <emph>Insert - Record</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147123" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="65">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> - box, and then add additional information to the record in the remaining boxes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150219" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">Close the - <item type="menuitem">Bibliography Database</item> window. </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150242" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="67">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150945" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150964" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry"><emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150525" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select <emph>From document content</emph> and click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153738" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="70">Type a name for the bibliography entry in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153763" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="71">Select the publication source for the record in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - box, and then add additional information in the remaining boxes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146873" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="72">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146897" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="73">In the <item type="menuitem">Insert Bibliography Entry</item> - dialog, click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>, and then <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#speicherhinweis"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150741" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="74">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148402" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="75">Click in your document where you want to add the bibliography entry.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148421" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Bibliography Entry</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153231" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">Select <emph>From bibliography database</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147059" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Select the name of the bibliography entry that you want to insert in the <item type="menuitem">Short name</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147085" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="76">Click <emph>Insert</emph> and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156060" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="77"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp" name="Bibliography Database">Bibliography Database</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6367076" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Some external tools exist that can interact with %PRODUCTNAME. One example is called <link href="http://bibus-biblio.sourceforge.net/wiki/index.php/Main_Page">Bibus</link>.</paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 1448e8d4a8..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_multidocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Indexes Covering Several Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153418"><bookmark_value>indexes;multiple documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>multiple documents;indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>merging;indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>master documents;indexes</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW inserted "master documents;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153418" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="43"><variable id="indices_multidoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp" name="Indexes Covering Several Documents">Indexes Covering Several Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">There are several ways to create an index that spans several documents:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">Create an <link href="text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp" name="index in each individual document">index in each individual document</link>, copy and paste the indexes into a single document, and then edit them.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147118" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="45">Select each index, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04020000.xhp" name="Insert - Section"><item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item></link>, and then enter a name for the index. In a separate document, choose - <item type="menuitem">Insert - Section</item>, select <item type="menuitem">Link</item>, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>), and then locate and insert a named index section.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150230" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="46">Create a <link href="text/shared/01/01010001.xhp" name="master document">master document</link>, add as subdocuments the files that you want to include in the index, and then choose <emph>Insert - Index and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index a7e992ba86..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_tocxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating a Table of Contents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147104"><bookmark_value>tables of contents; creating and updating</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>updating; tables of contents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "creating;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147104" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="16"><variable id="indices_toc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp" name="Creating a Table of Contents">Creating a Table of Contents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <section id="tomanual"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150942" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">The best way to generate a table of contents is to apply the predefined heading paragraph styles, such as "Heading 1", to the paragraphs that you want to include in your table of contents. After you apply these styles, you can then create a table of contents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5876949" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert a Table of Contents</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150510" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click in your document where you want to create the table of contents.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150528" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp" name="Index/Table"><emph>Index/Table</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153746" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Select "Table of Contents" in the <emph>Type</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146856" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">Select any options that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146872" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146896" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select the <item type="menuitem">Additional Styles</item> - check box in the <item type="menuitem">Create from</item> area, and then click the (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) button next to the check box. In the <item type="menuitem">Assign Styles</item> dialog, click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> - or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> - button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph> - </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153148" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="21">To Update a Table of Contents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153161" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153183" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="48">Right-click in the table of contents and choose <emph>Update Index/Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147066" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Choose <emph>Tools - Update - All Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 2bd2a5be39..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideindices_userdefxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">User-Defined Indexes</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"><bookmark_value>indexes; creating user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>user-defined indexes</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154896" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="30"><variable id="indices_userdef"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp" name="User-Defined Indexes">User-Defined Indexes</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155184" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">You can create as many user-defined indexes as you want.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155915" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="47">To Create a User-Defined Index</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155867" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="48">Select a word or words that you want to add to a user-defined index.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153410" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="49">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154248" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="50">Click the <item type="menuitem">New User-defined Index</item> button next to the <item type="menuitem">Index</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Type a name for the index in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> - box and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">Click - <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> to add the selected word(s) to the new index. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147139" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="53">Click - <item type="menuitem">Close</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150231" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="54">To Insert a User-Defined Index</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150933" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Click in the document where you want to insert the index.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150952" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">On the <item type="menuitem">Index/Table</item> tab, select the name of the user-defined index that you created in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="4"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146881" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Select any options that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146897" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150720" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="20">If you want to use a different paragraph style as a table of contents entry, select <item type="menuitem">Styles</item>, and then click the (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) button next to the box. Click the style in the list, and then click the <item type="menuitem">>></item> - or the <item type="menuitem"><<</item> - button to define the outline level for the paragraph style.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 027ed5b36b..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,54 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - -<!--*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************--> - -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_beforetablexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp</filename> -</topic> -<history> -<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> -<lastedited date="2005-08-23T10:08:23">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> -</history> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>tables;start/end of document</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>paragraphs;inserting before/after tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>inserting;paragraphs before/after tables</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="54"><variable id="insert_beforetable"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp" name="Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page">Inserting Text Before a Table at the Top of Page</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="55">If you want to insert text before a table that is at the top of a page, click in the first cell of the table, in front of any contents of that cell, and then press <item type="keycode">Enter</item> or <item type="keycode"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10612" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To insert text after a table at the end of the document, go to the last cell of the table and press <item type="keycode"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter</item>.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index c9f9d3fd71..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - -<!-- - *********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphicxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Graphics</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp</filename> -</topic> -<history> -<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> -<lastedited date="2006-12-18T15:01:36">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> -</history> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154922"><bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures in</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>images; inserting in text</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>inserting; pictures</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting options</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "illustrations;"</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154922" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="2"><variable id="insert_graphic"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics">Inserting Graphics</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="1">There are several ways to insert a graphic object in a text document.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d2a6d8a453..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_dialogxml" indexer="include" - status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Graphic From a File</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154896"><bookmark_value>pictures; inserting by dialog</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting; pictures, by dialog</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154896" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp" name="Inserting a Graphic From a File">Inserting a Graphic From a File</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155914" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Click in the document where you want to insert the graphic.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04140000.xhp" name="Insert - Picture - From File"><emph>Insert - Picture - From File</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156021" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Locate the graphic file that you want to insert, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5">By default, the inserted graphic is centered above the paragraph that you clicked in.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index dc271b369e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_fromchartxml" indexer="include" - status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3152999"><bookmark_value>charts;copying from Calc into Writer</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>copying; charts from $[officename] Calc</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text documents;inserting Calc charts</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152999" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromchart"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp" name="Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document">Inserting a Calc Chart into a Text Document</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155890" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">You can insert a copy of a chart that is not updated when you modify the chart data in the spreadsheet.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149054" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Open the text document that you want to copy the chart to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the spreadsheet containing the chart that you want to copy.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">In the spreadsheet, click the chart. Eight handles appear.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag the chart from the spreadsheet to the text document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145102" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="9">You can resize and move the chart in the text document as you would any object. To edit the chart data, double-click the chart.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6dabe2564a..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - -<!-- - *********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_fromdrawxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp</filename> -</topic> -<history> -<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> -<lastedited date="2006-10-30T09:54:42">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> -</history> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155917"><bookmark_value>text; inserting pictures from Draw</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Draw</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155917" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_fromdraw"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress">Inserting Graphics From $[officename] Draw or Impress</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<list type="ordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153414" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Open the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149640" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Open the Draw or Impress document containing the object that you want to copy.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Hold down <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> and click and hold the object for a moment.<comment>see i70967</comment></paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">Drag to the document where you want to insert the object.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list><comment>ufi: paragraph removed because I cannot verify: id="par_id3152755" l10n="U" oldref="9"If a hyperlink is attached to the object in the original document, the hyperlink is inserted instead of the object.</comment><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index f0e6a1a10e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - -<!--*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************--> - - - -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_galleryxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp</filename> -</topic> -<history> -<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> -<lastedited date="2006-01-09T13:27:32">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> -</history> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145083"><bookmark_value>inserting; from Gallery into text</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>pictures; inserting from Gallery into text</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>replacing;objects from Gallery</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_gallery"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp" name="Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop">Inserting Graphics From the Gallery With Drag-and-Drop</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155907" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can drag-and-drop an object from the gallery into a text document, spreadsheet, drawing, or presentation.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="6">To replace a gallery object that you inserted in a document, hold down Shift+Ctrl, and then drag a different gallery object onto the object.</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7880116537..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_graphic_scanxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Scanned Image</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156017"><bookmark_value>inserting;scanned images</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pictures; scanning</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>scanning pictures</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156017" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="insert_graphic_scan"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp" name="Inserting a Scanned Image">Inserting a Scanned Image</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To insert a scanned image, the scanner must be connected to your system and the scanner software drivers must be installed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The scanner must support the TWAIN standard. -</caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX">The scanner must support the SANE standard. -</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155915" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Click in the document where you want to insert the scanned image.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155864" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/04060000.xhp" name="Insert - Picture - Scan"><emph>Insert - Picture - Scan</emph></link>, and choose the scanning source from the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Follow the scanning instructions.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_graphic_drawit.xhp#insert_graphic_drawit"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 8b54651864..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideinsert_linexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting a Horizontal Line</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151178"><bookmark_value>horizontal lines</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines; inserting horizontal lines</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>rules</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting; horizontal lines</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151178" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="76"><variable id="insert_line"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp" name="Inserting a Horizontal Line">Inserting a Horizontal Line</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2165898" role="tip" l10n="CHG">This guide is about inserting graphical rules. You can also insert other lines, see <link href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp">Drawing Lines in Text</link>.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149691" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="82">Click in the document where you want to insert the line.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="77">Choose <emph>Insert - Horizontal Rule</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="83">Click the line that you want to insert in the <emph>Selection </emph>list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147124" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="84">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5338602" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The "Plain" type</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5342265" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">If you select the "Plain" type of rules, an empty paragraph is inserted at the position of the cursor. This paragraph has the style "Horizontal Line", with a line as the lower border of the paragraph. You can edit that Paragraph Style to change the properties of all "Plain" rules in your document. For example you can set the left indent to 3 inches, or you can change the line style, thickness, and color.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id707113" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To edit the "Plain" rule style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5267494" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5074922" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the listbox at the bottom, select to display "All Styles".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8491470" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Right-click the "Horizontal Line" paragraph style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3253883" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose Modify.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3196203" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">For example, open the Borders tab page to set the thickness and style of the lines. Open the Indents & Spacing tab page to set the indents of the line.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8385265" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The graphical type</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2582476" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select any rule type below of the "Plain" rule type. This inserts a new paragraph at the position of the cursor. A picture showing a graphical horizontal line is inserted.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150217" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="78">The inserted line is anchored to the current paragraph and centered between the page margins.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2111575" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To edit the graphical line, right-click the line and choose <emph>Picture</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150231" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="79">You can also insert one of these lines by dragging it from the <emph>Rulers</emph> folder in the <emph>Gallery</emph> into the current document.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150944" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="80"><link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp" name="Gallery">Gallery</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index fe8e2d8f81..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - - -<!-- - *********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - - <helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguideinsert_tab_innumberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp</filename> -</topic> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145078"><bookmark_value>tab stops; inserting in lists</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>numbering; changing the level of</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>lists;changing levels</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>levels;changing outline levels</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>bullet lists;changing levels</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>lowering outline levels</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>rising outline levels</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>changing;outline levels</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="insert_tab_innumbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp" name="Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists">Changing the Outline Level of Numbered and Bulleted Lists</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155909" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="5">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph down one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Tab.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155859" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="7">To move a numbered or bulleted paragraph up one outline level, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press Shift+Tab.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153403" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="8">To insert a tab between the number or bullet and the paragraph text, click at the beginning of the paragraph, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7fca9d3f98..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,84 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidejoin_numbered_listsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Combining Numbered Lists</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150495"><bookmark_value>numbering; combining</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>merging;numbered lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>joining;numbered lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lists;combining numbered lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs;numbering non-consecutive</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150495" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="32"><variable id="join_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp" name="Combining Numbered Lists">Combining Numbered Lists</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149692" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">You can combine numbered lists into a single consecutively numbered list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149452" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="34">To Combine Consecutive Numbered Lists</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154479" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Select all of the paragraphs in the lists.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155911" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> - icon twice.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155870" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="37">To Create a Numbered List From Non-consecutive Paragraphs:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153417" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">Hold down Ctrl and drag a selection in the first numbered paragraph. You only have to select one character.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Continue to hold down Ctrl, and drag a selection in each numbered paragraph of the lists you want to combine.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145102" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> - icon twice.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ab0a5d9b77..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidejump2statusbarxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Going to Specific Bookmark</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145778"><bookmark_value>bookmarks; positioning cursor</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>jumping;to bookmarks</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145778" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="30"><variable id="jump2statusbar"><link href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp" name="Going to Specific Bookmark">Going to Specific Bookmark</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">To go to a specific bookmark in your document, <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">hold down Ctrl and click -</caseinline><defaultinline>right-click</defaultinline></switchinline> in the <emph>Page</emph> field on the <emph>Status Bar</emph>, and then choose the bookmark.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32"><link href="text/swriter/01/04040000.xhp" name="Insert Bookmark">Insert Bookmark</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d49632acb7..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,98 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidekeyboardxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151169"><bookmark_value>keyboard; accessibility $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>accessibility; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151169" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="keyboard"><link href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp" name="Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)">Using Shortcut Keys ($[officename] Writer Accessibility)</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149685" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Press the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> menu, and then T to insert a table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155918" role="heading" level="2" l10n="CHG" - oldref="5">To Insert Sections</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">Press F6 until the focus is on the - <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Section</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145100" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">Press the down arrow key, and then press the right arrow key to set the width of the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Press Enter.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="19">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153367" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="13">To Insert Text Tables</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="14">Press F6 until the focus is on the - <item type="menuitem">Standard</item> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154849" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="21">Press the right arrow key until the <emph>Table</emph> icon is selected.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155872" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Press the down arrow key, and then use the arrow keys to select the number of columns and rows to include in the table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Press Enter.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 120a703118..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideload_stylesxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145086"><bookmark_value>formatting styles; importing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles; importing from other files</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>importing;styles from other files</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>loading;styles from other files</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145086" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="10"><variable id="load_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp" name="Using Styles From Another Document or Template">Using Styles From Another Document or Template</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154491" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="11">You can import styles from another document or template into the current document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155910" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10703" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon to open the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Load styles</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149632" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Use the check boxes at the bottom of the dialog to select the style types that you want to import. To replace styles in the current document that have the same name as the ones you are importing, select <emph>Overwrite</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145098" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <comment>somehow the following list disappeared, see issue 112471</comment> - <list type="unordered"> - -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156240" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click an entry in the <emph>Categories</emph> list, then click the template containing the styles that you want to use in the <emph>Templates</emph> list, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153377" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click <emph>From File</emph>, locate the file containing the styles that you want to use, and then click name, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> - -</list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 652421d4df..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,250 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguidemainxml" indexer="include"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp</filename> -</topic> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155855"><bookmark_value>$[officename] Writer; instructions</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>instructions; $[officename] Writer</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp" name="Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer">Instructions for Using $[officename] Writer</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155156" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp#text_nav_keyb"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_specialchar.xhp#insert_specialchar"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp#word_completion"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp#space_hyphen"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/text_color.xhp#text_color"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indenting.xhp#indenting"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp#border_page"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp#border_paragraph"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/border_table.xhp#border_table"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/border_object.xhp#border_object"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp#text_capital"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp#reset_format"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/arrange_chapters.xhp#arrange_chapters"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/jump2statusbar.xhp#jump2statusbar"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp#registertrue"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining.xhp#redlining"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="3">Automatically Entering and Formatting Text</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp#removing_line_breaks"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150742" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">Using Styles, Numbering Pages, Using Fields</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp#undo_formatting"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp#page_break"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp#pagestyles"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp#fields"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_enter.xhp#fields_enter"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="5">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate.xhp#calculate"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext.xhp#calculate_intext"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_clipboard.xhp#calculate_clipboard"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intext2.xhp#calculate_intext2"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_multitable.xhp#calculate_multitable"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/calculate_intable.xhp#calculate_intable"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_beforetable.xhp#insert_beforetable"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_dialog.xhp#insert_graphic_dialog"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp#insert_graphic_fromdraw"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_gallery.xhp#insert_graphic_gallery"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_scan.xhp#insert_graphic_scan"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp#insert_graphic_fromchart"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="7">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_delete.xhp#indices_delete"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp#indices_form"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_toc.xhp#indices_toc"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_index.xhp#indices_index"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp#indices_literature"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp#chapter_numbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_tab_innumbering.xhp#insert_tab_innumbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="9">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_pagestyles.xhp#header_pagestyles"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="10">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp#line_intext"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyles.xhp#linestyles"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="11">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="12">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="13">Working with Documents</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp#printing_order"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="14">Miscellaneous</paragraph> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp#fax"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp#pasting"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/dragdroptext.xhp#dragdroptext"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp#hidden_text"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text_display.xhp#hidden_text_display"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp#nonprintable_text"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_line.xhp#insert_line"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp#resize_navigator"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp#number_date_conv"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp#printer_tray"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp#search_regexp"/> -<comment>removed a line</comment> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp#send2html"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp#text_direct_cursor"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp#words_count"/> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/makefile.mk b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/makefile.mk deleted file mode 100644 index 700a295c44..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/makefile.mk +++ /dev/null @@ -1,187 +0,0 @@ -#************************************************************************* -# -# DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. -# -# Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. -# -# OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite -# -# This file is part of OpenOffice.org. -# -# OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify -# it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 -# only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. -# -# OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -# GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details -# (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). -# -# You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License -# version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see -# <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> -# for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. -# -#************************************************************************* - -# edit to match directory level -PRJ = ..$/..$/..$/.. -# same for all makefiles in "helpcontent2" -PRJNAME = helpcontent2 -# edit to match the current package -PACKAGE = text/swriter/guide -# uniqe name (module wide); -# using a modified form of package should do here -TARGET = text_swriter_guide -# edit to match the current module -MODULE = swriter - -# --- Settings ----------------------------------------------------- - -.INCLUDE : settings.mk -.INCLUDE : $(PRJ)$/settings.pmk - -# this list matches the *.xhp files to process -XHPFILES = \ - anchor_object.xhp \ - arrange_chapters.xhp \ - auto_numbering.xhp \ - auto_off.xhp \ - auto_spellcheck.xhp \ - autocorr_except.xhp \ - autotext.xhp \ - background.xhp \ - border_object.xhp \ - border_page.xhp \ - borders.xhp \ - calculate.xhp \ - calculate_clipboard.xhp \ - calculate_intable.xhp \ - calculate_intext.xhp \ - calculate_intext2.xhp \ - calculate_multitable.xhp \ - captions.xhp \ - captions_numbers.xhp \ - change_header.xhp \ - chapter_numbering.xhp \ - conditional_text.xhp \ - conditional_text2.xhp \ - delete_from_dict.xhp \ - dragdroptext.xhp \ - even_odd_sdw.xhp \ - field_convert.xhp \ - fields.xhp \ - fields_date.xhp \ - fields_enter.xhp \ - fields_userdata.xhp \ - finding.xhp \ - footer_nextpage.xhp \ - footer_pagenumber.xhp \ - footnote_usage.xhp \ - footnote_with_line.xhp \ - form_letters_main.xhp \ - globaldoc.xhp \ - globaldoc_howtos.xhp \ - header_footer.xhp \ - header_pagestyles.xhp \ - header_with_chapter.xhp \ - header_with_line.xhp \ - hidden_text.xhp \ - hidden_text_display.xhp \ - hyperlinks.xhp \ - hyphen_prevent.xhp \ - indenting.xhp \ - indices_delete.xhp \ - indices_edit.xhp \ - indices_enter.xhp \ - indices_form.xhp \ - indices_index.xhp \ - indices_literature.xhp \ - indices_multidoc.xhp \ - indices_toc.xhp \ - indices_userdef.xhp \ - insert_beforetable.xhp \ - insert_graphic.xhp \ - insert_graphic_dialog.xhp \ - insert_graphic_fromchart.xhp \ - insert_graphic_fromdraw.xhp \ - insert_graphic_gallery.xhp \ - insert_graphic_scan.xhp \ - insert_line.xhp \ - insert_tab_innumbering.xhp \ - join_numbered_lists.xhp \ - jump2statusbar.xhp \ - keyboard.xhp \ - load_styles.xhp \ - main.xhp \ - navigator.xhp \ - nonprintable_text.xhp \ - number_date_conv.xhp \ - number_sequence.xhp \ - numbering_lines.xhp \ - numbering_paras.xhp \ - page_break.xhp \ - pagebackground.xhp \ - pagenumbers.xhp \ - pageorientation.xhp \ - pagestyles.xhp \ - print_brochure.xhp \ - print_preview.xhp \ - print_small.xhp \ - printer_tray.xhp \ - printing_order.xhp \ - protection.xhp \ - references.xhp \ - references_modify.xhp \ - registertrue.xhp \ - removing_line_breaks.xhp \ - reset_format.xhp \ - resize_navigator.xhp \ - ruler.xhp \ - search_regexp.xhp \ - section_edit.xhp \ - section_insert.xhp \ - sections.xhp \ - send2html.xhp \ - shortcut_writing.xhp \ - smarttags.xhp \ - spellcheck_dialog.xhp \ - stylist_fillformat.xhp \ - stylist_fromselect.xhp \ - stylist_update.xhp \ - subscript.xhp \ - table_cellmerge.xhp \ - table_cells.xhp \ - table_delete.xhp \ - table_insert.xhp \ - table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp \ - table_select.xhp \ - table_sizing.xhp \ - tablemode.xhp \ - template_create.xhp \ - template_default.xhp \ - templates_styles.xhp \ - text_animation.xhp \ - text_capital.xhp \ - text_centervert.xhp \ - text_direct_cursor.xhp \ - text_emphasize.xhp \ - text_frame.xhp \ - text_nav_keyb.xhp \ - text_rotate.xhp \ - textdoc_inframe.xhp \ - using_hyphen.xhp \ - using_numbered_lists.xhp \ - using_numbered_lists2.xhp \ - using_numbering.xhp \ - using_thesaurus.xhp \ - word_completion.xhp \ - word_completion_adjust.xhp \ - words_count.xhp \ - wrap.xhp - -# --- Targets ------------------------------------------------------ - -.INCLUDE : target.mk -.INCLUDE : tg_help.mk diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index de7c3e7c15..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidenavigatorxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Navigator for Text Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154897"><bookmark_value>Navigator; overview in texts</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>hyperlinks;jumping to</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>objects;quickly moving to, within text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames;jumping to</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables;jumping to</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>headings;jumping to</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages;jumping to</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>jumping;to text elements</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>overviews;Navigator in text documents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW added "pages;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154897" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp" name="Navigator for Text Documents">Navigator for Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">The Navigatordisplays the different parts of your document, such as headings, tables, frames, objects, or hyperlinks.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154247" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">To open the <emph>Navigator</emph>, press F5.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155878" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">To quickly jump to a location in your document, double-click an item listed in the <emph>Navigator</emph> window or enter the respective page number in the spin box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147108" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp" name="Navigator">Navigator</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 59c666edb9..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidenonprintable_textxhp" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating Non-printing Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148856"><bookmark_value>non-printing text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; non-printable</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw copied two entries from hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="nonprintable_text"><link href="text/swriter/guide/nonprintable_text.xhp" name="Creating Non-printing Text">Creating Non-printing Text</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide from hidden_text.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4685201" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To create text that is not to be printed do the following:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149789" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item> and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150224" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Enter text in the frame and if you want, resize the frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150242" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame/Object</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, clear the <emph>Print</emph> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150320" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3138828" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/hidden_text.xhp" name="Hiding Text">Hiding Text</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 00ba4be36d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidenumber_date_convxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156383"><bookmark_value>numbers; automatic recognition in text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; number recognition</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>dates;formatting automatically in tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>recognition;numbers</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW added "recognition;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156383" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="number_date_conv"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_date_conv.xhp" name="Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables">Turning Number Recognition On or Off in Tables</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="2">$[officename] can automatically format dates that you have entered into a table, according to the regional settings specified in your operating system.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149966" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155919" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Right-click in a table cell and choose <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item>. When this feature is on, a check mark is displayed in front of the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> command.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, and select or clear the <item type="menuitem">Number recognition</item> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="14"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp" name="Text Document - Table">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d33797ab13..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidenumber_sequencexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Defining Number Ranges</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>numbering;quotations/similar items</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "number ranges;" and changed "numbering;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="36"><variable id="number_sequence"><link href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp" name="Defining Number Ranges">Defining Number Ranges</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37">You can automatically number similar items, such as quotations, in your document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">Type the text that you want to assign numbering to, for example, "Quotation Number ".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155048" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Fields - Other</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Variables</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156240" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Click "Number range" in the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="61">Type "Quotation" in the <item type="menuitem">Name</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153387" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="62">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154250" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="42">Type a number in the <emph>Value</emph> box, or leave the box empty to use automatic numbering.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154851" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="58">Select the outline level where you want the numbering to restart in the <emph>Level </emph>box.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <list type="ordered" startwith="6"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Click <emph>Insert</emph>, and then click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 9b32a974cc..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,141 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidenumbering_linesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Line Numbers</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150101"><bookmark_value>line numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; line numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs;line numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines of text; numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>numbering; lines</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>numbers; line numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>marginal numbers on text pages</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW added "paragraphs;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150101" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="numbering_lines"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp" name="Adding Line Numbers">Adding Line Numbers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="1">$[officename] can insert line numbers in an entire document or to selected paragraphs in your document. Line numbers are included when you print your document. You can specify the line numbering interval, the starting line number, and whether to count blank lines or lines in frames. You can also add a separator between line numbers.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7184972" role="note" l10n="NEW">Line numbers are not available in HTML format.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153410" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To Add Line Numbers to an Entire Document</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149640" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>, and then select the options that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145101" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156241" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="10">To Add Line Numbers to Specific Paragraphs</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156264" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Choose <emph>Tools - Line Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153385" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Select <emph>Show numbering</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154248" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154853" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Right-click the "Default" paragraph style and choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150222" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">All paragraph styles are based on the "Default" style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150931" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Click the <emph>Numbering</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150956" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">In the <item type="menuitem">Line Numbering</item> - area, clear the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> - check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150520" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151077" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="18">Select the paragraph(s) where you want to add the line numbers.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151096" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153733" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Select <emph>Include this paragraph in line numbering</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153758" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146864" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can also create a paragraph style that includes line numbering, and apply it to the paragraphs that you want to add line numbers to.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146880" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="25">To Specify the Starting Line Number</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150703" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">Click in a paragraph.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150721" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148389" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Select the <item type="menuitem">Include this paragraph in line numbering</item> - check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148414" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Select <item type="menuitem">Restart at the paragraph</item> - check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153779" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Enter a line number in the <item type="menuitem">Start with</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153804" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153934" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="5"><link href="text/swriter/01/06180000.xhp" name="Tools - Line Numbering">Tools - Line Numbering</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153960" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030800.xhp" name="Format - Paragraph - Numbering">Format - Paragraph - Numbering</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2212591" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 146cb20525..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,100 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidenumbering_parasxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149637"><bookmark_value>numbering; removing/interrupting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>bullet lists; interrupting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lists;removing/interrupting numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;numbers in lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>interrupting numbered lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;starting numbers in lists</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...", and deleted "modifying;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149637" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="numbering_paras"><link href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp" name="Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List">Modifying Numbering in a Numbered List</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145092" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can remove the numbering from a paragraph in a numbered list or change the number that a numbered list starts with.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2172612" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If you want numbered headings, use the <emph>Tools - Outline Numbering</emph> menu command to assign a numbering to a paragraph style. Do not use the Numbering icon on the Formatting toolbar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145107" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Remove the Number From a Paragraph in a Numbered List</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156248" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph that you want to remove the numbering from.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153366" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153390" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="11">To remove the number while preserving the indent of the paragraph, press the Backspace key.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">To remove the number and the indent of the paragraph, click the <emph>Numbering on/off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar. If you save the document in HTML format, a separate numbered list is created for the numbered paragraphs that follow the current paragraph.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154856" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="18">To Change the Number That a Numbered List Starts With</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155877" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Click anywhere in the numbered list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="21">Choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>, and then click the <emph>Options</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148691" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Enter the number you want the list to start with in the <item type="menuitem">Start </item> - <item type="menuitem">at</item> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147116" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6943571" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="http://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/How_Tos/Setting_up_a_Style_for_Numbering_Lines_in_Code_Listings">Wiki page about numbering paragraphs by styles</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index c39ea004a5..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,85 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidepage_breakxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155183"><bookmark_value>page breaks; inserting and deleting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting; page breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;page breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages; inserting/deleting page breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>manual page breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables;deleting page breaks before</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW added "tables;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155183" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="page_break"><link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp" name="Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks">Inserting and Deleting Page Breaks</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="2">To Insert a Manual Page Break</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Click in your document where you want the new page to begin.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Press Ctrl+Enter.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="6">To Delete a Manual Page Break</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click in front of the first character on the page that follows the manual page break.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149608" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Press Backspace.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149624" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="10">To Delete a Manual Page Break That Occurs Before a Table</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145111" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Right-click in the table, and choose <emph>Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156254" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153380" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Clear the <emph>Break</emph> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154249" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="15"><link href="text/swriter/01/04010000.xhp" name="Insert Break dialog">Insert Break dialog</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ae82bcdebe..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,149 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidepagebackgroundxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing Page Backgrounds</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8431653"><bookmark_value>page styles;backgrounds</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>backgrounds; different pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;page backgrounds</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages;backgrounds</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "page backgrounds"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F4" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pagebackground"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp">Changing Page Background</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10812" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the background of the pages in a document. For example, to change the page background of one or more pages in a document to a watermark, you need to create a page style that uses the watermark background, and then apply the page style to the pages.</paragraph> - <section id="define"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10820" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Background</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10827" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1082F" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10837" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1083F" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1084B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10855" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To only apply the new page style to a single page, select "Default".</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN10859" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To apply the new page style to all subsequent pages, select the name of the new page style.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <list type="ordered" startwith="6"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1085F" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Background</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10867" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the list box at the top, select whether you want a solid color or a graphic. Then select your options from the tab page. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1086B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1087A" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1087E" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10892" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1089A" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108A2" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Double-click the page style that uses the page background that you want to apply.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108A5" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108A9" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108BD" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click in front of the first character of the paragraph where you want to change the page background.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108C1" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108C9" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108D1" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> - box, select a page style that uses the page background.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108DB" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To change the background of the current page only, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to "Default".</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108DF" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To change the background of the current and subsequent pages, select a page style where the Next Style option is set to the name of the page style.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108E2" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">If you want to change the page background later on in the document, repeat steps 1 to 3.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - - <list type="ordered" startwith="5"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108E8" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 22cf939232..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidepagenumbersxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Page Numbers </title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id5918759"><bookmark_value>page numbers;inserting/defining/formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>page styles;page numbering</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>starting page numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting;page numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining;starting page numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;page numbers</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles;page numbers</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw inserted six index entries</comment><comment>mw added "styles;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id413830" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pagenumbers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp" name="Page Numbers">Page Numbers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1617175" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, a page number is a field that you can insert into your text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6091494" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert Page Numbers</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8611102" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Fields - Page Number</emph> to insert a page number at the current cursor position.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6604510" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If you see the text "Page number" instead of the number, choose <emph>View - Field names</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2678914" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">However, these fields will change position when you add or remove text. So it is best to insert the page number field into a header or footer that has the same position and that is repeated on every page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id614642" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header - (name of page style)</item> or <item type="menuitem">Insert - Footer - (name of page style)</item> to add a header or footer to all pages with the current page style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2551652" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Start With a Defined Page Number</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6111941" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now you want some more control on page numbers. You are writing a text document that should start with page number 12.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5757621" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click into the first paragraph of your document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2632831" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Text flow</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4395275" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the Breaks area, enable <emph>Insert</emph>. Enable <emph>With Page Style</emph> just to be able to set the new <emph>Page number</emph>. Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1654408" role="note" l10n="NEW">The new page number is an attribute of the first paragraph of the page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7519150" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Format the Page Number Style</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9029206" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You want roman page numbers running i, ii, iii, iv, and so on.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3032319" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Double-click directly before the page number field. You see the <emph>Edit Fields</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9139378" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select a number format and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5051728" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Using Different Page Number Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1558885" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You need some pages with the roman numbering style, followed by the remaining pages in another style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1541184" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In Writer, you will need different page styles. The first page style has a footer with a page number field formatted for roman numbers. The following page style has a footer with a page number field formatted in another look.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id18616" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Both page styles must be separated by a page break. In Writer, you can have automatic page breaks and manually inserted page breaks.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6138492" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">An <emph>automatic page break</emph> appears at the end of a page when the page style has a different "next style".</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4569231" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">For example, the "First Page" page style has "Default" as the next style. To see this, you may press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+T</caseinline><defaultinline>F11</defaultinline></switchinline> to open the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window, click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> icon, right-click the First Page entry. Choose <item type="menuitem">Modify</item> from the context menu. On the <item type="menuitem">Organizer</item> tab, you can see the "next style".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id291451" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A <emph>manually inserted page break</emph> can be applied without or with a change of page styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3341776" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you just press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item>, you apply a page break without a change of styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5947141" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you choose <emph>Insert - Manual break</emph>, you can insert a page break without or with a change of style or with a change of page number.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1911679" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">It depends on your document what is best: to use a manually inserted page break between page styles, or to use an automatic change. If you just need one title page with a different style than the other pages, you can use the automatic method:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9364909" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Apply a Different Page Style to the First Page</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4473403" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click into the first page of your document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4313791" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4331797" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window, click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4191717" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Double-click the "First Page" style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2318796" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now your title page has the style "First Page", and the next pages automatically have the "Default" style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id399182" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can now for example insert a footer for the "Default" page atyle only, or insert footers in both page styles, but with differently formatted page number fields.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5298318" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Apply a Manually Inserted Page Style Change</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7588732" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click at the start of the first paragraph on the page where a different page style will be applied.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id95828" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>. You see the <emph>Insert Break</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3496200" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> list box, select a page style. You may set a new page number, too. Click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7599108" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The selected page style will be used from the current paragraph to the next page break with style. You may need to create the new page style first.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp#even_odd_sdw"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 1459a29d02..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,137 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidepageorientationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing Page Orientation (Landscape or Portrait)</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9683828"><bookmark_value>page styles;orientation/scope</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>page formats; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting; changing individual pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>portrait and landscape</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>landscape and portrait</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>printing;portrait/landscape format</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>orientation of pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paper orientation</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages;orientation</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>sideways orientation of pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>scope of page styles</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "page styles;..." and added one entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106FF" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="pageorientation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp">Changing Page Orientation</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6418042" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">All page properties for Writer text documents, like for example the page orientation, are defined by page styles. By default, a new text document uses the “Default” page style for all pages. If you open an existing text document, different page styles may have been applied to the different pages. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8324533" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">It is important to know that changes that you apply to a page property will only affect the pages that use the current page style. The current page style is listed in the Status Bar at the lower window border.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7524033" role="heading" level="2" l10n="CHG">To Change the Page Orientation for All Pages</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6307260" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If your text document consists only of pages with the same page style, you can change the page properties directly:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5256508" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Page</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9681997" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7994323" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7069002" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4202398" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Change the Page Orientation Only for Some Pages</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the orientation of the pages in a document. Page styles define more page properties, as for example header and footer or page margins. You can either change the “Default” page style for the current document, or you can define own page styles and apply those page styles to any parts of your text. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1449324" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">At the end of this help page, we'll discuss the scope of page styles in detail. If you are unsure about the page style concept, please read the section at the end of this page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1480758" role="note" l10n="NEW">Unlike character styles or paragraph styles, the page styles don't know a hierarchy. You can create a new page style based on the properties of an existing page style, but when you later change the source style, the new page style does not automatically inherit the changes.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2962126" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">To change the page orientation for all pages that share the same page style, you first need a page style, then apply that style:</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10727" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10741" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10749" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">Right-click a page style and choose <emph>New</emph>. The new page style initially gets all properties of the selected page style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab page, type a name for the page style in the <emph>Name</emph> box, for example "My Landscape".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075D" role="listitem" l10n="CHG">In the <emph>Next Style</emph> box, select the page style that you want to apply to the next page that follows a page with the new style. See the section about the scope of page styles at the end of this help page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10775" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click the <emph>Page</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077D" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Under <item type="menuitem">Paper format</item>, select “Portrait” or “Landscape”.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108AE" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1658375" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Now you have defined a proper page style with the name "My Landscape". To apply the new style, double-click the "My Landscape" page style in the <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> window. All pages in the current scope of page styles will be changed. If you defined the "next style" to be a different style, only the first page of the current scope of page styles will be changed.</paragraph> - <section id="scope"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6082949" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">The Scope of Page Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2858668" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You should be aware of the scope of page styles in %PRODUCTNAME. Which pages of your text document get affected by editing a page style?</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3278603" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">One Page Long Styles</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5169225" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A page style can be defined to span one page only. The “First Page” style is an example. You set this property by defining another page style to be the "next style", on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6670125" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">A one page long style starts from the lower border of the current page style range up to the next page break. The next page break appears automatically when the text flows to the next page, which is sometimes called a "soft page break". Alternatively, you can insert a manual page break.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2118594" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To insert a manual page break at the cursor position, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Enter</item> or choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item> and just click OK.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id166020" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">Manually Defined Range of a Page style</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6386913" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The “Default” page style does not set a different "next style" on the <item type="menuitem">Format - Page - Organizer</item> tab page. Instead, the "next style" is set also to be “Default”. All page styles that are followed by the same page style can span multiple pages. The lower and upper borders of the page style range are defined by "page breaks with style". All the pages between any two "page breaks with style" use the same page style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6062196" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can insert a "page break with style" directly at the cursor position. Alternatively, you can apply the "page break with style" property to a paragraph or to a paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6054261" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Perform any one of the following commands:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1811578" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To insert a "page break with style" at the cursor position, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Manual Break</item>, select a <emph>Style</emph> name from the listbox, and click OK.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9935911" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph - Text Flow</item>. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4753868" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the "page break with style" property to the current paragraph style, right-click the current paragraph. Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit Paragraph Style</item> from the context menu. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4744407" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the "page break with style" property to an arbitrary paragraph style, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>. Click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon. Right-click the name of the paragraph style you want to modify and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Click the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab. In the Breaks area, activate <emph>Enable</emph> and <emph>With Page Style</emph>. Select a page style name from the listbox.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - </section> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index cda800518e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,135 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidepagestylesxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating and Applying Page Styles</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7071138"><bookmark_value>page styles;creating and applying</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defining;page styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles;for pages</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "applying;" and added "styles;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155182" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="pagestyles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and Applying Page Styles">Creating and Applying Page Styles</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">$[officename] uses page styles to specify the layout of a page, including the page orientation, background, margins, headers, footers, and text columns. To change the layout of an individual page in a document, you must create and apply a custom page style to the page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> - <embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/pageorientation.xhp#pageorientation"/> - </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10722" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> - <embedvar href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#pagebackground"/> - </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156109" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">To Define a New Page Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153411" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="3">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item> - <emph>.</emph> - </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153133" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="12">Click the <emph>Page Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="13">In the list of page styles, right-click an item, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149614" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">On the <emph>Organizer</emph> tab, type a name in the <emph>Name</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145110" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156252" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="16">To apply the custom page style to a single page, select the default page style that is used in your document in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153376" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="17">To apply the custom page style to more than one page, select its name in the <emph>Next Style</emph> box. To stop using the style, insert a manual page break and assign it a different page style.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <list type="ordered" startwith="6"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154252" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">Use the tabs in the dialog to set the layout options for the page style, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154851" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="21">To Apply a Page Style</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154873" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Click in the page that you want to apply the page style to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155888" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="23">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the - <item type="menuitem">Page Style</item> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148685" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Double-click a name in the list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="18">To Apply a Page Style to a New Page</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147122" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Click in the document where you want a new page to start.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150210" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <emph>Insert - Manual Break</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150235" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Select <emph>Page break</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150939" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">In the <item type="menuitem">Style</item> - box, select the page style that you want to apply to the page that follows the manual break.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150965" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/pagenumbers.xhp#pagenumbers"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index b0f01dc8fd..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideprint_brochurexhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing a Brochure</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6743064"><bookmark_value>printing; individual brochures</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>booklet printing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>brochures; printing individual</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105F6" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="print_brochure"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp">Printing a Brochure</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10614" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can print a Writer document as a brochure or a booklet. That is, Writer prints two pages on each side of the paper, so that when you fold the paper, you can read the document as a book.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106DE" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you create a document that you want to print as a brochure, use portrait orientation for the pages. Writer applies the brochure layout when you print the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1061A" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To Print a Brochure</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10621" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B6" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog, click <emph>Properties</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070E" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">In the properties dialog for your printer, set the paper orientation to landscape.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8947416" role="tip" l10n="NEW">If your printer prints duplex, and because brochures always print in landscape mode, you should use the "duplex - short edge" setting in your printer setup dialog.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered" startwith="4"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10628" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Return to <emph>Print</emph> dialog, and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062C" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Brochure</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10740" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">For a printer that automatically prints on both sides of a page, specify to include "All pages".</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="7"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10630" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040400.xhp#brochure"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106EA" role="note" l10n="NEW">If %PRODUCTNAME prints the pages in the wrong order, open the <emph>Options</emph> tab page, select <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>, and then print the document again.</paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ae73b93392..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideprint_previewxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Previewing a Page Before Printing</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155179"><bookmark_value>printing; previews</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>previews; print layouts</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>print layout checks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>book view</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages;previews</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "page views" to "pages;previews"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155179" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="9"><variable id="print_preview"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp" name="Previewing a Page Before Printing">Previewing a Page Before Printing</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149847" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Choose <emph>File</emph> - <emph>Page Preview</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Use the zoom icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to reduce or enlarge the view of the page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067F" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To print your document scaled down, set the print options on the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Use the arrow keys or the arrow icons on the <emph>Page Preview</emph> bar to scroll through the document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154265" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37"><link href="text/swriter/01/01120000.xhp" name="File - Page Preview">File - Page Preview</link>.</paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 5cbeb92acc..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideprint_smallxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149694"><bookmark_value>multi-page view of documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages;printing multiple on one sheet</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>overviews;printing multi-page view</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>printing;multiple pages per sheet</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>reduced printing of multiple pages</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment> MW changed "overviews;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149694" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="17"><variable id="print_small"><link href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp" name="Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet">Printing Multiple Pages on One Sheet</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">On the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab page of the <item type="menuitem">File - Print</item> dialog, you have the option to print multiple pages on one sheet.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156098" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph> and click the <emph>Page Layout</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155055" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149603" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">To print two pages side by side on the same sheet, select "2" in the <emph>Pages per sheet</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">To print multiple pages on the same sheet, select the number of pages per sheet and optionally set the order of pages. The small preview shows the arrangement of pages. </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154841" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150004" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23"><link href="text/swriter/main0210.xhp" name="File - Page Preview">File - Page Preview</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 5a9ad1ccf8..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideprinter_trayxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Selecting printer paper trays</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id6609088"><bookmark_value>selecting;paper trays</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paper tray selection</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "paper trays;..." a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155909" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="printer_tray"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printer_tray.xhp" name="Selecting printer paper trays">Selecting Printer Paper Trays</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">Use page styles to specify different paper sources for different pages in your document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149841" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156108" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="8">Click the <item type="menuitem">Page Styles</item> - icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155066" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Right-click the page style in the list that you want to specify the paper source for, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">In the <item type="menuitem">Paper tray</item> - box, select the paper tray that you want to use.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153140" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149649" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Repeat steps 1-5 for each page style that you want to specify the paper for.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149616" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Apply the page style to the pages that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154260" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/swriter/guide/pagestyles.xhp" name="Creating and applying page styles">Creating and applying page styles</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index e6104ab009..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideprinting_orderxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing in Reverse Order</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>ordering;printing in reverse order</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>printing; reverse order</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="printing_order"><link href="text/swriter/guide/printing_order.xhp" name="Printing in Reverse Order">Printing in Reverse Order</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Click the <emph>General</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156106" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>Print in reverse page order</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Click <emph>Print</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_small.xhp#print_small"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149616" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/shared/01/01130000.xhp" name="Printing">Printing</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 97419c9291..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,132 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideprotectionxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150620"><bookmark_value>indexes;unprotecting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables of contents;unprotecting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables;protecting/unprotecting cells</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>sections;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>unprotecting tables of contents and indexes</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>protecting;tables and sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cells;protecting/unprotecting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw transferred 4 index entries from shared/guide/protection.xhp, then changed "sections;" and "tables;", then added 3 new entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6007263" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="protection"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp" name="Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer">Protecting Content in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME Writer</item></link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1924802" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The following is an overview of the different ways of protecting contents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer from being modified, deleted or viewed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150114" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="29">Protecting Sections in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150592" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30">Any section of a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text document can be protected against changes with a password.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4545426" role="warning" l10n="NEW">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the section against accidental changes.</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3154942"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166413" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="31">Turning on protection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144764" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="32">Select the text. Choose <emph>Insert - Section - Section</emph>, then under <emph>Write protection</emph> mark the <emph>Protect</emph> and <emph>With password</emph> check boxes. (If the section already exists: <emph>Format - Sections</emph>.) Enter and confirm a password of at least 5 characters.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147497" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="33">Turning off protection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147173" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="34">Choose <emph>Format - Sections - Section</emph> and under <emph>Write protection</emph> clear the <emph>Protect</emph> check box. Enter the correct password.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146081" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="35">Protecting Cells in a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer Table</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154480" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="36">You can protect the contents of individual cells of a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text table from changes.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id363170" role="warning" l10n="NEW">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the cells against accidental changes.</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3150321"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154360" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="37">Turning on protection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145643" role="tablecontent" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">Place the cursor in a cell or select cells. Right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Cell - Protect</emph>.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150042" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="39">Turning off protection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="tablecontent" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Place the cursor in the cell or select the cells. First, if necessary, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph> and mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>. Then right-click the cell to open the context menu, choose <emph>Cell - Unprotect</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151189" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select the table in the Navigator, open the context menu and select <emph>Table - Unprotect</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147322" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="42">Use Shift+Ctrl+T to remove protection for the entire current table or all selected tables.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149259" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="43">Automatic Protection of Indexes and Tables</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153966" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="44">Tables of contents and indexes created automatically in a <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer text are automatically protected against accidental changes.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id814539" role="warning" l10n="NEW">This protection is not intended to be a secure protection. It is just a switch to protect the contents against accidental changes.</paragraph> - <table id="tbl_id3150644"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145767" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="45">Turning on protection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153786" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="46">Place the cursor in the index/table of contents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159088" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="47">From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, mark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154118" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="48">Turning off protection</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148463" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="49">Place the cursor in the index. First of all, if necessary, under <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids </emph>, mark <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enable</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152968" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="50">From the context menu choose <emph>Edit Index/Table</emph>. On the Index/Table tab page, unmark <emph>Protected against manual changes</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152774" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="51">In the Navigator, select the index, then open the context menu in the Navigator and select <emph>Index - Read-only</emph>.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_protect.xhp#redlining_protect"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B8C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"> - <embedvar href="text/shared/guide/digital_signatures.xhp#digital_signatures"/> - </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7858516" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Other Contents</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 3ac141a071..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,140 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidereferencesxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Cross-References</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"><bookmark_value>references; inserting cross-references</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cross-references; inserting and updating</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pictures; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>objects; cross-referencing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>OLE objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>draw objects;cross-referencing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>updating;cross-references</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;cross-references</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145087" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="28"><variable id="references"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp" name="Inserting Cross-References">Inserting Cross-References</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159263" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp" name="fields">fields</link> in the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155860" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="21">Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="38">Cross-Referencing Text</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="39">Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="52">To Insert a Target</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153408" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Select the text that you want to use as a target for the cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153125" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149634" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">In the <item type="menuitem">Type</item> list, select “Set Reference”.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149614" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">Type a name for the target in the <emph>Name</emph> box. The selected text is displayed in the <emph>Value</emph> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145110" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Click <item type="menuitem">Insert</item>. The name of the target is added to the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156257" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45">Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153370" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="53">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7032074" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Position the cursor in the text where you want to insert a cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7796868" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph> to open the dialog, if it is not open already.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153392" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select "Insert Reference".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154256" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="47">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the target that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154856" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="48">In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format for the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="format">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the target text, and "Page" inserts the page number where the target is located. For footnotes the footnote number is inserted.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155895" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="49">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148685" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149980" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="29">Cross-Referencing an Object</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149992" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="30">You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp" name="Insert - Caption"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147123" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Click in the document where you want to insert the cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150212" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Insert - Cross-reference</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150236" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">In the <emph>Type</emph> list, select the caption category of the object.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150942" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">In the <emph>Selection</emph> list, select the caption number of the object that you want to cross-reference.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150968" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="34">In the <emph>Insert reference to</emph> list, select the format of the cross-reference. The <link href="text/swriter/01/04090002.xhp" name="format">format</link> specifies the type of information that is displayed as the cross-reference. For example, "Reference" inserts the caption category and caption text of the object.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150535" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151092" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">Click <emph>Close</emph> when finished.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151115" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="56">Updating Cross-References</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153594" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="51">To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7321390" role="tip" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>View - Fields</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp#references_modify"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/hyperlink_insert.xhp#hyperlink_insert"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 49458fb38c..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidereferences_modifyxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Modifying Cross-References</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149291"><bookmark_value>references; modifying cross-references</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cross-references; modifying</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;cross-references</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>searching;cross-references</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149291" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="references_modify"><link href="text/swriter/guide/references_modify.xhp" name="Modifying Cross-References">Modifying Cross-References</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153132" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Click in front of the cross-reference that you want to modify.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149632" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="3">If you cannot see the field shading of the cross-reference, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph> or press <emph>Ctrl+F8</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145101" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Set the options that you want, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="5">Use the arrow buttons in the <item type="menuitem">Edit Fields</item> - dialog to browse through the cross-references in the current document.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/references.xhp#references"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyperlinks.xhp#hyperlinks"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 842496e964..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideregistertruexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Printing Register-true</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id4825891"><bookmark_value>rows; register-true text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lines of text; register-true</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>pages;register-true</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs;register-true</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>register-true;pages and paragraphs</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>spacing;register-true text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting;register-true text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10652" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="registertrue"><link href="text/swriter/guide/registertrue.xhp">Printing Register-true</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#registerhaltigkeit"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065E" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Set a Document to Register-True Printing</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10665" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the whole document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10669" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Format - Page - Page</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10671" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the <item type="menuitem">Register-true</item> checkbox and click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10678" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">All the paragraphs in the document will be printed register-true, unless otherwise specified.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067B" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Exempt Paragraphs From Register-True Printing</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10685" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select all the paragraphs you want to exempt, then choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Indents & Spacing</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1068C" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Open the Styles and Formatting window, click the Paragraph Style you want to exempt, right-click that style, choose <emph>Modify</emph>. In the dialog, click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10698" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Clear the <emph>Register-true</emph> checkbox.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/05030100.xhp">Register-true</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 58f2b419e6..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideremoving_line_breaksxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Removing Line Breaks</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149687"><bookmark_value>hard returns in pasted text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>line breaks;removing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting; line breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>copies;removing line breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;removing</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "removing;..." to "deleting;...".</comment><comment>MW changed "paragraph marks;..."</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155916" role="heading" level="1" l10n="CHG" - oldref="1"><variable id="removing_line_breaks"><link href="text/swriter/guide/removing_line_breaks.xhp">Removing Line Breaks</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">Use the AutoCorrect feature to remove line breaks that occur within sentences. Unwanted line breaks can occur when you copy text from another source and paste it into a text document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153413" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="3">This AutoCorrect feature only works on text that is formatted with the "Default" paragraph style. </paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153138" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149645" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">On the <emph>Options</emph> tab, ensure that <emph>Combine single line paragraphs if length greater than 50%</emph> is selected. To change the minimum percentage for the line length, double-click the option in the list, and then enter a new percentage.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145093" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145118" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the text containing the line breaks that you want to remove.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">In the <item type="menuitem">Apply Style</item> box on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> bar, choose “Default”.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Format - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_off.xhp#auto_off"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7abc83116f..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidereset_formatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Resetting Font Attributes</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149963"><bookmark_value>formats; resetting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>font attributes; resetting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>fonts; resetting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>resetting; fonts</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>direct formatting;exiting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting;exiting direct formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>exiting;direct formatting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "exiting..." a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149963" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="26"><variable id="reset_format"><link href="text/swriter/guide/reset_format.xhp" name="Resetting Font Attributes">Resetting Font Attributes</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154091" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can quickly exit manual formatting by pressing Ctrl+Shift+X. For example, if you have pressed Ctrl+B to apply the bold typeface to the text that you type, press Ctrl+Shift+X to return to the default character format of the paragraph.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155854" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">To reset all direct formatting of existing text, select that text, then choose the menu command <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp#shortcut_writing"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index a64a90323b..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - -<!-- - *********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguideresize_navigatorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Docking and Resizing Windows</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp</filename> -</topic> -<history> -<created date="2003-10-31T00:00:00">Sun Microsystems, Inc.</created> -<lastedited date="2006-10-31T13:21:45">converted from old format - fpe</lastedited> -</history> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145088"><bookmark_value>Navigator;docking and resizing</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window;docking and resizing</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>Gallery;docking and resizing</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>docking; Navigator window</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>resizing;windows</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145088" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="26"><variable id="resize_navigator"><link href="text/swriter/guide/resize_navigator.xhp" name="Docking and Resizing Windows">Docking and Resizing Windows</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155916" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">You can dock, undock and resize most $[officename] program windows such as the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155861" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="27">To dock or undock the Navigator or the Styles and Formatting window, hold down the <item type="keycode">Ctrl</item> key and double-click on a gray area in the window. Alternatively, press <item type="keycode">Ctrl+Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">To resize the window, drag a corner or an edge of the window.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> -<embed href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp#autohide"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 2caa1582a2..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguiderulerxhp" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Rulers</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id8186284"><bookmark_value>rulers;using rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>horizontal rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>vertical rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>indents; setting on rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>page margins on rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>table cells;adjusting the width on rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>showing;rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>hiding;rulers</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>adjusting page margins and cell widths</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "indent settings..." a two level entry and cut "changing;indents"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065F" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="ruler"><link href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp">Using Rulers</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067D" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To show or hide rulers, choose <emph>View - Ruler</emph>. To show the vertical ruler, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01040200.xhp" name="Writer - View"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - View</emph></link>, and then select <emph>Vertical ruler</emph> in the <emph>Ruler</emph> area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="20">Adjusting Page Margins</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155175" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">The margins of a page are indicated by the filled areas at the ends of the rulers.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149038" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="22">Changing Indents</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153631" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">Indents are adjusted with the three small triangles on the horizontal ruler.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152776" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">To change the left or the right paragraph indent, select the paragraph(s) that you want change the indent for, drag the bottom left or the bottom right triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145769" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="27">To change the first line indent of a selected paragraph, drag the top left triangle on the horizontal ruler to a new location.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149164" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">You can also double-click anywhere on the horizontal ruler, and adjust the indents in the <link href="text/shared/01/05030000.xhp" name="Paragraph"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp#tabs"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/measurement_units.xhp#measurement_units"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index f562a4e3b4..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2008 by Sun Microsystems, Inc. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesearch_regexpxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150099"><bookmark_value>wildcards, see regular expressions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>searching; with wildcards</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>regular expressions;searching</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>examples for regular expressions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>characters;finding all</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>invisible characters;finding</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraph marks;searching</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "wildcards;" and inserted wildcards crossreference</comment><comment>mw added "paragraph marks;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150099" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="search_regexp"><link href="text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp">Using Wildcards in Text Searches</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345516" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Wildcards or placeholders can be used to search for some unspecified or even invisible characters.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155182" role="paragraph" oldref="50">You can use wildcards when you find and replace text in a document. For example, "s.n" finds "sun" and "son".</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155907" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Choose <item type="menuitem">Edit - Find & Replace</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2142399" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click <item type="menuitem">More Options</item> to expand the dialog.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Select the <item type="menuitem">Regular expressions</item> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149843" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="42">In the <item type="menuitem">Search for</item> box, type the search term and the wildcard(s) that you want to use in your search.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="51">Click <item type="menuitem">Find</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153401" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="52">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem" oldref="44">The wildcard for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem" oldref="43">The wildcard for zero or more occurrences of the previous character is an asterisk. For example: "123*" finds "12" "123", and "1233".</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem" oldref="45">The wildcard combination to search for zero or more occurrences of any character is a period and asterisk (.*).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149854" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="46">The wildcard for the end of a paragraph is a dollar sign ($). The wildcard character combination for the start of a paragraph is a caret and a period (^.).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200916345545" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The wildcard for a tab character is \t.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153414" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="49">A search using a regular expression will work only within one paragraph. To search using a regular expression in more than one paragraph, do a separate search in each paragraph.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149875" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="48"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp" name="List of Wildcards">List of Wildcards</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 90f09917ee..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,88 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesection_editxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Editing Sections</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149816"><bookmark_value>sections; editing</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>sections;deleting</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>deleting;sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>read-only sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>protecting;sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>converting;sections, into normal text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>hiding;sections</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>ufi: added two deleting sections entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149816" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="13"><variable id="section_edit"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp" name="Editing Sections">Editing Sections</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="14">You can protect, hide, and convert sections to normal text in your document.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154224" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Choose <link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections"><emph>Format - Sections</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> list, click the section you want to modify. You can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A to select all sections in the list, and you can Shift+click or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+click to select some sections.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153397" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="18">To convert a section into normal text, click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149631" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="19">To make a section read-only, select the <emph>Protected</emph> check box in the <emph>Write Protection</emph> area.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="20">To hide a section, select the <emph>Hide</emph> check box in the <emph>Hide</emph> area.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<comment>removed ordered list with startvalue 4, not sure if such a list will survive all transformations</comment> - - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156255" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22"><link href="text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp" name="Format - Sections">Format - Sections</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id973540" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/protection.xhp">Protecting Content in %PRODUCTNAME Writer</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 489e52713c..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesection_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Sections</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>sections; inserting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting; sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>HTML documents;inserting linked sections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>updating;linked sections, manually</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>links;inserting sections</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="16"><variable id="section_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Sections">Inserting Sections</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155863" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="27">To Insert a New Section</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149843" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Click in your document where you want to insert a new section, or select the text that you want to convert to a section.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156103" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">If you select a text that occurs within a paragraph, the text is automatically converted into a new paragraph.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="24">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153404" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> - box, type a name for the section.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153127" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">Set the options for the section, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149635" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="30">To Insert a Section as a Link</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149860" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145104" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Click in your document where you want to insert the linked section.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156241" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="33">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">In the <item type="menuitem">New Section</item> - box, type a name for the section.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153387" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> - area, select the <item type="menuitem">Link</item> - check box. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Under Windows, you can also select the <item type="menuitem">DDE</item> check box to automatically update the contents of the section when the section in the source document is changed. -</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154852" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) next to the <item type="menuitem">File name</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155882" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Locate the document containing the section that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149978" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <item type="menuitem">Section</item> - box, select the section that you want to insert.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150003" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp#sections"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 5356250973..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesectionsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Sections</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149832"><bookmark_value>multi-column text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; multi-column</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>columns; on text pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text columns</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>sections; columns in/use of</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed a typo in "multicolumn"</comment><comment>mw deleted "sections;using" and changed "section;columns in"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="40"><variable id="sections"><link href="text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp" name="Using Sections">Using Sections</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">Sections are named blocks of text, including graphics or objects, that you can use in a number of ways:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149284" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">To prevent text from being edited.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149630" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">To show or hide text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149647" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="20">To reuse text and graphics from other $[officename] documents.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">To insert sections of text that uses a different column layout than the current page style.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149855" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">A section contains at least one paragraph. When you select a text and create a section, a paragraph break is automatically inserted at the end of the text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149872" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153367" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="39">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="44">Sections and Columns</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154845" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="42">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp#section_insert"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/section_edit.xhp#section_edit"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155883" role="paragraph" l10n="C"><link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#dde" name="DDE">DDE</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7e775cd492..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesend2htmlxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145087"><bookmark_value>text documents; publishing in HTML</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>HTML documents; creating from text documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>homepage creation</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>saving;in HTML format</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145087" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="send2html"><link href="text/swriter/guide/send2html.xhp" name="Saving Text Documents in HTML Format">Saving Text Documents in HTML Format</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149825" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can save a $[officename] Writer document in HTML format, so that you can view it in a web browser. If you want, you can associate a page break with a specific heading paragraph style to generate a separate HTML page each time the style appears in the document. $[officename] Writer automatically creates a page containing hyperlinks to each of these pages.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">When you save a text document in HTML format, any graphics in the document are saved in JPEG format. The name of the HTML document is added as a prefix to the name of the graphic file. The JPEG images are saved in the same folder as the HTML document and are referenced with <IMG> tags in the HTML code.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155868" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Apply one of the default $[officename] heading paragraph styles, for example, "Heading 1", to the paragraphs where you want to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156100" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">Choose <emph>File - Send - Create HTML Document</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">In the <item type="menuitem">Styles</item> - box, select the paragraph style that you want to use to generate a new HTML page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153407" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Enter a path and a name for the HTML document, and then click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 71d114a2eb..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,93 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideshortcut_writingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149689"><bookmark_value>text; formatting bold while typing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting; bold, while typing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>keyboard;bold formatting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>bold;formatting while typing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>shortcut keys;bold formatting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149689" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="shortcut_writing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/shortcut_writing.xhp" name="Applying Text Formatting While You Type">Applying Text Formatting While You Type</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155909" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To apply bold formatting</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156112" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B, type the text that you want to format in bold, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+B when you are finished.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151909" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To apply italic formatting</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to format.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3141836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151112" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I, type the text that you want to format in italic, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+I when you are finished.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152909" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">To underline text</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">Select the text that you want to underline.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3142836" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152112" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="6">You can also press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U, type the text that you want underlined, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+U when you are finished.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp#subscript"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12"><link href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut for text documents">Keyboard shortcut for text documents</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13"><link href="text/shared/main0400.xhp" name="Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]">Keyboard shortcut in $[officename]</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6425703577..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesmarttagsxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using Smart Tags</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155622"><bookmark_value>smart tags</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; smart tags</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>options;smart tags</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>disabling;smart tags</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>installing;smart tags</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW moved 2 index entries from shared/01/06040700.xhp, inverted "smart tags;options", made "smart tags;" a one level entry and added 2 entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3563951" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id368358" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9298379" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1827448" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2508621" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3856013" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Save the *.oxt extension file to your harddrive, then double-click the *.oxt file in your file manager. Alternatively, in %PRODUCTNAME choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Extension Manager</item> to open the Extension Manager, click Add and browse to the file.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7814264" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8142338" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1917477" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME - Appearance</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id192266" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to Ctrl-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by Shift+F10.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1998962" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2376476" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id349131" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - Autocorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1216467" role="note" l10n="NEW">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7e063ff65a..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidespellcheck_dialogxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Checking Spelling and Grammar</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149684"><bookmark_value>spellcheck; checking text documents manually</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>checking spelling;manually</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>grammar checker</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw added "grammar checker"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149684" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="37"><variable id="spellcheck_dialog"><link href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp" name="Checking Spelling and Grammar">Checking Spelling and Grammar</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149814" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">You can manually check the spelling and grammar of a text selection or the entire document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0525200902184476" role="note" l10n="NEW">To check the spelling and the grammar of a text, the appropriate dictionaries must be installed. For many languages three different dictionaries exist: a spellchecker, a hyphenation dictionary, and a thesaurus. Each dictionary covers one language only. Grammar checkers can be downloaded and installed as extensions. See the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/dictionary">extensions web page</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149828" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="10">The spellcheck starts at the current cursor position, or at the beginning of the text selection.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155859" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">Click in the document, or select the text that you want to check.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149836" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="44">Choose <emph>Tools - Spelling and Grammar</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156104" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="45">When a possible spelling error is encountered, the <item type="menuitem">Spellcheck</item> - dialog opens and $[officename] offers some suggested corrections.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145099" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="47">To accept a correction, click the suggestion, and then click <emph>Change</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156241" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="48">Edit the sentence in the upper text box, and then click <emph>Change</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">To add the unknown word to a user-defined dictionary, click <emph>Add</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> -<comment>removed a line</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147107" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="49"><link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp" name="Spellcheck dialog">Spelling and Grammar dialog</link></paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 15e3ed33e3..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidestylist_fillformatxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145084"><bookmark_value>fill format mode</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>copying; styles, by fill format mode</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>brush for copying styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles; transferring</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text formats; copying and pasting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed "copying;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145084" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="31"><variable id="stylist_fillformat"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp" name="Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode">Applying Styles in Fill Format Mode</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">You can quickly apply styles, such as paragraph and character styles, in your document by using the Fill Format Mode in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156114" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="32">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153128" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">Click the icon of the style category that you want to apply.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145090" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click the style, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Fill Format Mode</item> icon -<image id="img_id3149644" src="cmd/sc_fillstyle.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149644">Icon</alt> - </image> in the <item type="menuitem">Styles and Formatting</item> window.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153371" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">Move the mouse pointer to where you want to apply the style in the document, and click. To apply the style to more than one item, drag to select the items, and then release.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154263" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Press <item type="keycode">Esc</item> when finished.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2227852" role="paragraph" localize="false"> -<embedvar href="text/shared/guide/paintbrush.xhp#formatpaintbrush"/> -</paragraph> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159259" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="35"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ace5e4527c..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidestylist_fromselectxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating New Styles From Selections</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"><bookmark_value>styles; creating from selections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>drag and drop;creating new styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>copying;styles, from selections</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "creating;" and added "copying;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155911" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="34"><variable id="stylist_fromselect"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp" name="Creating New Styles From Selections">Creating New Styles From Selections</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="35">To Create a New Style From a Manually Formatted Selection</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156097" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="36">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">Click the icon of the style category that you want to create.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click in the document where you want to copy the style from, for example, in a paragraph that you applied manual formatting to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153138" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="38">Click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> icon and choose <item type="menuitem">New Style from Selection</item> - from the submenu</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156260" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="43">Type a name in the <item type="menuitem">Style Name</item> - box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154411" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153373" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="20">To Create a New Style by Drag-And-Drop</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154233" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="31">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154258" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Click the icon of the style category that you want to create.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154851" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Select at least one character, or object, in the style that you want to copy. For page and frame styles, select at least one character or object in the page or frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154871" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">Drag the character or object to the Styles and Formatting window and release.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B2" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">For paragraph and character styles, you can drag-and-drop onto the respective icon in the Styles and Formatting window. You do not need to open that style category in advance.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B5" role="note" l10n="NEW">You can also drag-and-drop a frame into the Styles and Formatting window to create a new frame style: Click the frame, wait a moment with the mouse button pressed down, but without moving the mouse, then drag to the Styles and Formatting window and drop the frame onto the Frame Styles icon.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp#stylist_update"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149988" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="40"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index e3c47986ef..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,75 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidestylist_updatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Updating Styles From Selections</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155915"><bookmark_value>Stylist, see Styles and Formatting window</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles; updating from selections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>templates; updating from selections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>Styles and Formatting window; updating from selections</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>updating; styles, from selections</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155915" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="38"><variable id="stylist_update"><link href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_update.xhp" name="Updating Styles From Selections">Updating Styles From Selections</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149838" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156107" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="47">Click the icon of the style category that you want to update.<comment>UFI: use "category" for consistent wording, see #i21144#</comment></paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="41">In the document, click from where you want to copy the updated style. For example, click a paragraph to which you applied some manual formatting that you want to copy now.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153402" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="42">In the Styles and Formatting window, click the style that you want to update.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153119" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="43">Click the arrow next to the <emph>New Style from Selection</emph> icon and choose <emph>Update Style</emph> from the submenu.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0310200910360780" role="note" l10n="NEW">Only the manually formatted attributes of the text at the cursor position in the document will be added to the style that is selected in the Styles and Formatting window. Any attributes that were applied as part of a style will not be added to the updated style.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155498" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="45"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp" name="Styles and Formatting">Styles and Formatting</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index aab232ac1a..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidesubscriptxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"><bookmark_value>text; subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>superscript text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>subscript text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>characters;subscript and superscript</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="subscript"><link href="text/swriter/guide/subscript.xhp" name="Making Text Superscript or Subscript">Making Text Superscript or Subscript</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155917" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="2">Select the text that you want to make superscript or subscript.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155865" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <comment>somehow the following list disappeared, see issue 112471, and this remained: (list type="unordered"/) (replaced brackets) </comment> - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="4">Choose <emph>Format - Character - Position</emph>, and then select <emph>Superscript</emph> or <emph>Subscript</emph>.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156111" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="3">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+P to make the text superscript, and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+B to make the text subscript.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26"><link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp" name="Format - Character - Position">Format - Character - Position</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154705" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27"><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp" name="Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace">Tools - AutoCorrect - Replace</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 3327589a41..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetable_cellmergexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Merging and Splitting Cells</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147240"><bookmark_value>cells; merging/splitting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; merging cells</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cell merges</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by menu command</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>merging;cells</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "cell merges;" a one level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6618243" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp" name="Merging and Splitting Cells">Merging and Splitting Cells</link> -</variable><comment>mw created this file out of the shared guide "table_cellmerge.xhp", see also bug #63021</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1211890" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3463850" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Merge Cells</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5708792" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6301461" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9156468" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Split Cells</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3415936" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4044312" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <emph>Table - Split Cells</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id634174" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">A dialog allows you to split the cell into two or more cells, horizontally or vertically.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 84b8d9ef40..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,87 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetable_cellsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"><bookmark_value>rows; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>columns; inserting/deleting in tables by keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; editing by keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>keyboard;adding or deleting rows/columns</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>splitting cells;by keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>merging;cells, by keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deleting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;rows/columns, by keyboard</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="22"><variable id="table_cells"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp" name="Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard">Adding or Deleting a Row or Column to a Table Using the Keyboard</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149487" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="27">You can add or delete rows or columns in tables as well as split or merge table cells using the keyboard.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155906" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">To insert a new row in a table, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the up or down arrow key. You can also move the cursor to the last cell in the table, and then press Tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="25">To insert a new column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156096" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">To split a table cell instead of adding a column, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Insert, and then hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while you press the left or right arrow key.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153408" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="26">To delete a row, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the up or down arrow key.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149626" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">To delete a column, place the cursor in a table cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149612" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">To merge a table into an adjacent cell, place the cursor in the cell, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Delete, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 529bf9dc87..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetable_deletexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149489"><bookmark_value>deleting; tables or table contents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables; deleting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149489" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="table_delete"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp" name="Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table">Deleting Tables or the Contents of a Table</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can delete a table from your document, or delete the contents of the table.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155863" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">To delete a whole table, click in the table, and then choose <emph>Table - Delete - Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="6">To delete the contents of a table, click in the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A <comment>UFI: Ctrl+A once is not enough</comment>until all cells are selected, and then press Delete or Backspace.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 45513bac7d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,204 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetable_insertxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting Tables</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156377"><bookmark_value>tables; inserting text tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting; tables in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>DDE; inserting tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>OLE objects; inserting tables in</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>cells;inserting from spreadsheets</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>tables in spreadsheets;inserting in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>spreadsheets;inserting tables from</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed "cell ranges;" to "cells;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="31"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp" name="Inserting Tables">Inserting Tables</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149489" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="32">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. <comment>UFI: from a database?</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155908" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="33">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147416" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="28">On the <emph>Standard</emph> or the <emph>Insert</emph> bar, click the arrow next to the <emph>Table</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153398" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="29">In the table grid, drag to select the numbers of rows and columns that you want, and then release.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="30">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.<comment>make it RTL compliant</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="35">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149609" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="37">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149858" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">In the <emph>Size</emph> area, enter the number of rows and columns.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145097" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="67">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149572" role="heading" level="2" l10n="CHG" - oldref="43">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149594" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="44">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154395" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">Choose <emph>Edit - Copy</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154420" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">In your text document, do one of the following:</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - - -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153383" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="47">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste</emph>. The cell range is pasted as an OLE object. To edit the contents of the cells, double-click the object.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154248" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="U" oldref="48">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste Special</emph>, and choose from the following options:</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> - - - - <table id="tbl_id3152755"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="49">Options</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154867" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="50">Is inserted as...</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155893" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="51">$[officename] $[officeversion] Spreadsheet</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="52">OLE object - as with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V or drag-and-drop</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148674" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="53">GDIMetaFile</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148697" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="54">Graphic</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153027" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="55">Bitmap</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148957" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="56">Graphic</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147104" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="57">HTML</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147126" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="58">HTML table</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="59">Unformatted text</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150246" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="60">Text only, tab stops as separators</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145227" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="61">Formatted text [RTF]</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150938" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="62">Text table</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150965" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="63"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">DDE link (only under Windows) -</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154377" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="64"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">Table structure and contents, without formatting. With updating -</caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151093" role="heading" level="3" l10n="CHG" - oldref="38">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151116" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">In the spreadsheet, drag to select the cells.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150534" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="40">Click and hold the mouse button in the selected cells.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147527" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="41">Drag the selected cells into the text document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/borders.xhp#borders"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ef86f42408..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetable_repeat_multiple_headersxml" indexer="include" - status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Repeating a Table Header on a New Page</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155870"><bookmark_value>tables; heading repetition after page breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>repeating; table headings after page breaks</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>headings; repeating in tables</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>multi-page tables</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW made "table heading repetition..." a two level entry and changed "headers;" to "headings:"</comment><comment>mw added "multi-page tables"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="paragraph" l10n="E" oldref="5" - localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153406" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="table_repeat_multiple_headers"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp" name="Repeating a Table Header on a New Page">Repeating a Table Heading on a New Page</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149636" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="7">You can repeat a table heading on each new page that the table spans.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145098" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="8">Choose <emph>Table - Insert - Table</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156240" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Select the <item type="menuitem">Heading</item> - and the <item type="menuitem">Repeat heading</item> - check boxes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153376" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Select the number of rows and columns for the table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153393" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6dfb74cf0e..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> - - -<!--*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************--> - -<helpdocument version="1.0"> -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguidetable_selectxhp" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> -<title id="tit" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp</filename> -</topic> -<history> -<created date="2004-09-27T15:16:47">UFI: Selexting tables</created> -<lastedited date="2005-08-24T13:48:59">UFI: due to new feature sw-features "Enhanced selection for text and tables" -DEDR: Reviewed</lastedited> -</history> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7693411"><bookmark_value>selecting;tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>tables;selecting</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>columns;selecting</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>rows;selecting</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="table_select"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp">Selecting Tables, Rows, and Columns</link> -</variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">You can select a table in a text document with a keyboard or with a mouse.</paragraph> -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10614" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To select a table with the keyboard, move the cursor into the table, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A until all the cells are selected.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To select a table with the mouse, move the mouse pointer to a position just above and left of the table. The mouse pointer becomes a diagonal arrow. Click to select the table.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10637" xml-lang="en-US" l10n="NEW">To select a row or column with the mouse, point to a position just left of the row or above the column. The mouse pointer becomes an arrow. Click to select the row or column.</paragraph> -</listitem> -</list> -<section id="relatedtopics"> -<embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> -</section> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 7989b5d938..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,109 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><helpdocument version="1.0"> -<!--*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ --> - -<meta> -<topic id="textswriterguidetable_sizingxml" indexer="include"> -<title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table </title> -<filename>/text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp</filename> -</topic> -</meta> -<body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156108"> -<bookmark_value>cells; enlarging and reducing in text tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>table cells; enlarging/reducing in text</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>keyboard; resizing rows/columns</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>resizing;rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>enlarging columns,cells and table rows</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>reducing rows and columns in text tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>tables; resizing/juxtaposing</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>juxtaposing tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>heights of table rows</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>widths of table columns</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>rows;resizing in tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>columns;resizing in tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>column widths in tables</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text tables;enlarging cells", "tables;changing the size", "tables;arranging" and "arranging;tables". MW changed "tables;sizing" and "table cells;". MW added "reducing rows and columns in text tables"</comment><comment>MW changed "tables;" and added "juxtaposing tables"</comment><comment>MW added 5 index entries wrt column widths and row heights</comment> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156108" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="table_sizing"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp" name="Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table">Resizing Rows and Columns in a Text Table</link></variable></paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id3153140" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize the width of table cells and columns, as well as change the height of table rows.</paragraph> -<table id="tbl_id3149640"> -<tablerow> -<tablecell> -<paragraph id="par_id3149615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> -<image id="img_id3149622" src="cmd/sc_optimizetable.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149622">Icon</alt> - </image></paragraph> -</tablecell> -<tablecell> -<paragraph id="par_id3146497" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also distribute rows and columns evenly using the icons on the <item type="menuitem">Optimize</item> toolbar on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar.</paragraph> -</tablecell> -</tablerow> -</table> - -<paragraph id="hd_id3145109" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Changing the Width of Columns and Cells</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149574" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To Change the Width of a Column</paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id3149587" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id3156246" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id3145390" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Rest the mouse pointer over the column dividing line on the ruler until the pointer becomes a separator icon, and then drag the line to a new location.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id0918200811260957" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> and then click and drag a line to scale all cells right or above the line proportionally.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id3145411" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor in a cell in the column, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the left or the right arrow key.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id3153364" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To increase the distance from the left edge of the page to the edge of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the right arrow key.</paragraph> -</listitem></list> -<paragraph id="par_id3155891" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify the behavior for the arrow keys by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph> -</caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</emph>, and selecting the options that you want in the <emph>Keyboard handling</emph> area.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149993" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To Change the Width of a Cell</paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id3148676" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option+Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt+Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrow key</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153014" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Changing the Height of a Row</paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id3153035" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">To change the height of a row, place the cursor in a cell in the row, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, and then press the up or the down arrow key.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id8478041" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Resizing a Whole Table</paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id3358867" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To change the width and height of a table, do one of the following:</paragraph> -<list type="unordered"> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id5366679" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the table. In the rulers, drag the border between the white and the gray area to resize the table.</paragraph> -</listitem> -<listitem> -<paragraph id="par_id1279030" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the table. Choose <item type="menuitem">Table - Table Properties</item> to open a dialog and set the properties to the numbers.</paragraph> -</listitem></list> -<paragraph id="par_id5009308" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To wrap text to the sides of a table, and to arrange two tables next to another, you must insert the tables into a frame. Click inside the table, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+A twice to select the whole table, then choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id4190496" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Tables within HTML pages do not offer the full range of properties and commands as tables in OpenDocument format.</paragraph><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/><embed href="text/swriter/guide/ruler.xhp#ruler"/> -</body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 1c04e98742..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetablemodexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155856"><bookmark_value>table mode selection</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>proportional distribution of tables</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>relative distribution of table cells</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>tables; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>cells; adapting the width by keyboard</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>keyboard;modifying the behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>behavior of rows/columns</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155856" role="heading" level="1" l10n="CHG" oldref="7"><variable id="tablemode"><link href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp" name="Modifying the Behavior of Rows and Columns for Table">Modifying Rows and Columns by Keyboard</link></variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149835" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="12">When you insert or delete cells, rows or columns in a table, the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options determine how the neighboring elements are affected. For example, you can only insert new rows and columns into a table with fixed row and column dimensions if space permits.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7344279" role="note" l10n="NEW">Note that these properties are valid only for changes to the column width that are made using the keyboard. Using the mouse, you are free to make any column width changes.<comment>UFI: fixes bugtraq 4971582</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156110" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="8">To set the <item type="menuitem">Behavior of rows/columns</item> options for tables in text documents, choose <item type="menuitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Table</item>, or use the <item type="menuitem">Fixed</item>, <item type="menuitem">Fixed/Proportional</item>, and <item type="menuitem">Variable</item> icons on the <item type="menuitem">Table</item> Bar. There are three display modes for tables:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149638" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9"><emph>Fixed</emph> - changes only affect the adjacent cell, and not the entire table. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cell becomes narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149613" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10"><emph>Fixed, proportional</emph> - changes affect the entire table, and wide cells shrink more than narrow cells. For example, when you widen a cell, the adjacent cells become proportionally narrower, but the width of the table remains constant.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149864" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11"><emph>Variable</emph> - changes affect the table size. For example, when you widen a cell, the width of the table increases.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_sizing.xhp#table_sizing"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cells.xhp#table_cells"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp#table_cellmerge"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index db5a4e75d6..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetemplate_createxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Creating a Document Template</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149688"><bookmark_value>document templates</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>templates; creating document templates</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149688" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="62"><variable id="template_create"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp" name="Creating a Document Template">Creating a Document Template</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149492" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="63">You can create a template to use as the basis for creating new text documents.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155915" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="64">Create a document and add the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147422" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="65">Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="66">In the <item type="menuitem">New Template</item> - box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156098" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="70">Select a template category in the <item type="menuitem">Categories</item> - list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149281" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="71">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153404" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="67">To create a document based on the template, choose - <item type="menuitem">File - New - Templates and Documents</item>, select the template, and then click - <item type="menuitem">Open</item>.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149636" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="68"><link href="text/shared/01/01110300.xhp" name="File - Templates - Save">File - Templates - Save</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 456f09d541..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,95 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetemplate_defaultxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing the Default Template</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155913"><bookmark_value>default templates;defining/resetting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>defaults; templates</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>templates; default templates</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text documents;default templates</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw changed "text;" to "text documents;"</comment><comment>mw changed "default templates;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155913" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="28"><variable id="template_default"><link href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp" name="Changing the Default Template">Changing the Default Template</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145569" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="68">The default template contains the default formatting information for new text documents. If you want, you can create a new template and use it as the default template.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6414990" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Create a Default Template</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149838" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="102">Create a document and the content and formatting styles that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156101" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="113">Choose <emph>File - Templates - Save</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149283" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="106">In the <emph>New Template</emph> box, type a name for the new template.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153409" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="114">In the <item type="menuitem">Categories</item> list, select "My Templates", and then click <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153140" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="107">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01110100.xhp" name="File - Templates - Organize"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149952" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="108">In the <item type="menuitem">Templates</item> list, double-click the "My Templates" folder.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149970" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="105">Right-click the template that you created, and choose <emph>Set as Default Template</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149620" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="115">Click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149867" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="109">To Reset the Default Template</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145102" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="110">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01110100.xhp" name="File - Templates - Organize"><emph>File - Templates - Organize</emph></link>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149582" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="111">Right-click a text file in any of the two lists, choose <item type="menuitem">Reset Default Template - Text Document</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156245" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="112">Click <emph>Close</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/standard_template.xhp#standard_template"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 9dec673b75..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetemplates_stylesxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Templates and Styles</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3153396"><bookmark_value>formatting styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>styles; styles and templates</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>organizing; templates (guide)</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>templates; organizing (guide)</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153396" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="templates_styles"><link href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp" name="Templates and Styles">Templates and Styles</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149635" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">A template is a document that contains specific formatting styles, graphics, tables, objects, and other information. A template is used as the basis for creating other documents. For example, you can define paragraph and character styles in a document, save the document as a template, and then use the template to create a new document with the same styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149957" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">Unless you specify otherwise, every new $[officename] text document is based on the default template.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149974" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="3">$[officename] has a number of <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp" name="predefined templates">predefined templates</link> that you can use to create different types or text documents, such as business letters.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149613" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="4">Viewing and Organizing Styles in Templates</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B0" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Use the <link href="text/shared/01/01110100.xhp" name="Template Management">Template Management</link> dialog to copy styles from one document to another.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153377" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">To copy a style, drag it to another template or document.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/load_styles.xhp#load_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/change_header.xhp#change_header"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fillformat.xhp#stylist_fillformat"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/stylist_fromselect.xhp#stylist_fromselect"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 559c282474..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_animationxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Animating Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3151182"><bookmark_value>text animation</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>effects; text animation</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>animations;text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made "animating text" a two level entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151182" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="17"><variable id="text_animation"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp" name="Animating Text">Animating Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145080" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="18">You can only animate text that is contained in a drawing object, such as rectangles, lines, or text objects. For example, draw a rectangle, then double-click the rectangle and enter your text.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149811" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select the drawing object containing the text that you want to animate.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="20">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Object - Text Attributes</item>, and then click the - <item type="menuitem">Text Animation</item> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149819" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">In the <item type="menuitem">Effect</item> - box, select the animation that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145786" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="22">Set the properties of the effect, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d5f4737585..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,80 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_capitalxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Changing the Case of Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155182"><bookmark_value>characters; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; uppercase or lowercase</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lowercase letters; text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>uppercase; formatting text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>capital letters;changing to small letters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;cases of text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>initial capitals in titles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>small capitals (guide)</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW added "small capitals"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155182" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="text_capital"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp" name="Changing the Case of Text">Changing the Case of Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="2">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="note" l10n="NEW">When you apply a formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155861" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" oldref="8">To Capitalize Text</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147420" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149841" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485778" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Change Case - Uppercase</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485775" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149644" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="11">To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="12">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149606" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="13">Do one of the following:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id112020091049000" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Change Case - Lowercase</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910490034" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select "Lowercase" in the Effects box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 5ed0d3af5d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,81 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_centervertxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155177"><bookmark_value>text frames; centering on pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>centering;text frames on pages</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>title pages; centering text on</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155177" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="94"><variable id="text_centervert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp" name="Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page">Using a Frame to Center Text on a Page</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155920" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="78">Select the text that you want to center on the page.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155868" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="79">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152765" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="82">In the <item type="menuitem">Anchor</item> - area, select <item type="menuitem">To page</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149844" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="95">In the <item type="menuitem">Size</item> - area, set the dimensions of the frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156114" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="96">In the <item type="menuitem">Position</item> - area, select "Center" in the <item type="menuitem">Horizontal</item> - and <item type="menuitem">Vertical</item> - boxes.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153410" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="97">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149615" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="84">To hide the borders of the frame, select the frame, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Frame/Object</item>. Click the <item type="menuitem">Borders</item> tab, and then click in the - <item type="menuitem">Set No Border</item> box in the - <item type="menuitem">Line Arrangement</item> area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145098" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="83">To resize the frame, drag the edges of the frame.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 02a37de22d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_direct_cursorxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Using the Direct Cursor</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155178"><bookmark_value>text; cursor</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>entering text with direct cursor</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>direct cursor; settings</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>writing with direct cursor</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>cursor;direct cursor</bookmark_value> -<bookmark_value>settings;direct cursor</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155178" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="24"><variable id="text_direct_cursor"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_direct_cursor.xhp" name="Using the Direct Cursor">Using the Direct Cursor</link></variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155908" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="25">The direct cursor allows you to enter text anywhere on a page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155921" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">To set the behavior of the direct cursor, choose <emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A3" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">On the <item type="menuitem">Tools</item> bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Direct Cursor</item> icon -<image id="img_id3149846" src="cmd/sc_shadowcursor.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149846">Icon</alt></image>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C5" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Click in a free space in the text document. The mouse pointer changes to reflect the alignment that will be applied to the text that you type:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106C8" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id5471987" src="res/helpimg/dircursleft.png" width="0.1457in" height="0.3228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id5471987">Icon</alt> - </image> Align left</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E4" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id5730253" src="res/helpimg/dircurscent.png" width="0.2398in" height="0.3228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id5730253">Icon</alt> - </image> Centered</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10700" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> -<image id="img_id6953622" src="res/helpimg/dircursright.png" width="0.1563in" height="0.3228in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id6953622">Icon</alt> - </image> Align right</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1071D" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Type your text. %PRODUCTNAME automatically inserts the required number of blank lines, and, if the options are enabled, tabs and spaces.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/templates_styles.xhp#templates_styles"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_create.xhp#template_create"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 6226d7b683..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_emphasizexml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Emphasizing Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149820"><bookmark_value>text; emphasizing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>emphasizing text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149820" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="65"><variable id="text_emphasize"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp" name="Emphasizing Text">Emphasizing Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66">Here are a few examples of how to emphasize text in a document:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="67">Select the text and apply a different font style or effect, such as <emph>bold</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149840" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="68">Right-click in a paragraph, choose <emph>Paragraph, </emph>set the options that you want, for example, the background color, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150084" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">Select the text, and then choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Frame</item>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6924649" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Use the Text tool on the Drawing toolbar. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E7" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use Fontwork. To open the Fontwork window, click the Fontwork Gallery icon on the Drawing bar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index d8a2f89d05..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,136 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_framexml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149487"><bookmark_value>text frames; inserting/editing/linking</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editing;text frames</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;text frames</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>resizing;text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>scaling; text frames, by mouse</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>links;text frames</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text flow; from frame to frame</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>frames; linking</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>printing;hiding text frames from printing</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;" and changed "printing;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149487" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="3"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp" name="Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Text Frames</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="65">A text frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156104" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="64">To Insert a Text Frame</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149961" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149602" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145115" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="66">To Edit a Text Frame</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">To edit the contents of a text frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156239" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="14">To edit a frame, select the frame, right-click, and then choose a formatting option. You can also right-click the selected frame, and choose <emph>Frame</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156261" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="63">To resize a text frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153386" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="98">To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="99">Any Writer text frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154858" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="100">Select the text frame (you see the eight handles).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155875" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="101">Choose <emph>Format - Frame/Object - Options</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155899" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="102">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="83">To Link Text Frames</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="84">You can link Writer text frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153025" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="71">Click the edge of a frame that you want to link. Selection handles appear on the edges of the frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150223" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="87">On the <item type="menuitem">Frame</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Link Frames</item> icon -<image id="img_id3148968" src="cmd/sc_chainframes.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3148968">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150930" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="89">Click the frame that you want to link to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150947" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="75">You can only link frames if:</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150969" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="76">The target frame is empty.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154365" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="77">The target frame is not linked to another frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154383" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="78">The source and the target frames are in the same section. For example, you cannot link a header frame to a footer frame.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145559" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="79">The source frame does not have a next link.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145577" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="81">The target or the source frame are not contained in each other.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151083" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="90">When you select a linked frame, a line is displayed that connects the linked frames.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5853144" role="note" l10n="NEW">The AutoSize feature is available only for the last frame in a chain of linked frames.</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed -id="par_id3147542" l10n="U" oldref="72"You can only change the height of the last frame in a series of linked frames. -Obviously this works now</comment> -<section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_centervert.xhp#text_centervert"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp#textdoc_inframe"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 43b63aa773..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,168 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_nav_keybxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3159260"><bookmark_value>text; navigating and selecting with keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>navigating; in text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>selecting;text, with keyboard</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>keyboard; navigating and selecting in text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159260" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="33"><variable id="text_nav_keyb"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_nav_keyb.xhp" name="Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard">Navigating and Selecting With the Keyboard</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155179" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="13">You can navigate through a document and make selections with the keyboard.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571916" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To move the cursor, press the key or key combination given in the following table.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1031200810571929" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To select the characters under the moving cursor, additionally hold down the Shift key when you move the cursor.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <table id="tbl_id3149487"> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="23">Key</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155870" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="24">Function</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156220" role="tablehead" l10n="U" oldref="25"> - <emph>+</emph><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command key</emph> -</caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl key</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="26">Right, left arrow keys</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150105" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="27">Moves the cursor one character to the left or to the right.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153418" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="28">Moves the cursor one word to the left or to the right.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149629" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="29">Up, down arrow keys</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149949" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="30">Moves the cursor up or down one line.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149972" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="31">(<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>) Moves the current paragraph up or down.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149624" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="32">Home</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149871" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="56">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the current line.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145108" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="34">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149586" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="35">Home</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156237" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="36">In a table</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156260" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="37">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145409" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="38">Moves the cursor to the beginning of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the first cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the beginning of the document.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154410" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="41">End</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153372" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="42">Moves the cursor to the end of the current line.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154235" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="43">Moves the cursor to the end of the document</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="44">End</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154850" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="45">In a table</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154873" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="46">Moves to the end of the contents in the current cell.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155894" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="47">Moves the cursor to the end of the contents of the current cell. Press again to move the cursor to the last cell in the table. Press again to move the cursor to the end of the document.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155944" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="50">PgUp</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148678" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="54">Scrolls up one page.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148701" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="52">Moves the cursor to the header.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - <tablerow> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149998" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="53">PgDn</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153018" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="51">Scroll down one page.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - <tablecell> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148949" role="tablecontent" l10n="U" oldref="55">Moves the cursor to the footer.</paragraph> - </tablecell> - </tablerow> - </table> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> - <embed href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp#common_keys"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 748abf986c..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetext_rotatexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Rotating Text</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155911"><bookmark_value>text; rotating</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>rotating;text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155911" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="65"><variable id="text_rotate"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp" name="Rotating Text">Rotating Text</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147410" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="66">You can only rotate text that is contained in a drawing object.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153130" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="67">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars- Drawing</item> to open the <item type="menuitem">Drawing</item> - toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149866" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="68">Select the <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Text"><item type="menuitem">Text</item></link> icon -<image id="img_id3149600" src="cmd/sc_texttoolbox.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3149600">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149590" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="69">Drag in your document to draw the text object, and then type your text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154415" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="71">Click outside of the object, then click the text you entered. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/05090000.xhp" name="Object Rotation Mode"><item type="menuitem">Rotate</item></link> icon -<image id="img_id3145405" src="cmd/sc_toggleobjectrotatemode.png" width="0.222in" height="0.222in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3145405">Icon</alt> - </image> on the <item type="menuitem">Drawing Object Properties</item> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154252" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="72">Drag one of the corner handles of the text object.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="tip" l10n="U" oldref="73">You can also right-click the text object, choose <emph>Position and Size</emph>, click the <emph>Rotation</emph> tab, and then enter a rotation angle or a new position for the object.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_emphasize.xhp#text_emphasize"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155888" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="74"><link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp" name="Show Draw Functions">Show Draw Functions</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 17c87baa53..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidetextdoc_inframexml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Inserting an Entire Text Document</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155185"><bookmark_value>sections;inserting external content</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text documents;merging</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>links;inserting text documents as</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;text documents</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="23"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp" name="Inserting an Entire Text Document">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1812799" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert a Text File</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="28">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147412" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="30">Choose <emph>Insert - File</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149839" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="31">Locate the text document that you want to insert, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148858" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="32">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="33">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153404" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153127" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Type a name in the <emph>New Section</emph> box, and then select the <emph>Link</emph> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">In the <item type="menuitem">File Name</item> - box, type the name of the file that you want to insert, or click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) and locate the file.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">If the target text document contains sections, you can select the section that you want to insert in the - <item type="menuitem">Sections</item> box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149619" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">If you want, set the formatting options for the section.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149862" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145099" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41">$[officename] automatically updates the contents of the inserted section whenever the source document is changed. To manually update the contents of the section, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Update All</emph>.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 8d265b9f90..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,117 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideusing_hyphenxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Hyphenation</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149695"><bookmark_value>hyphenation;manual/automatic</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>separation, see hyphenation</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>automatic hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>manual hyphenation in text</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw transferred 2 entries to hyphen_prevent.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="20"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp" name="Hyphenation">Hyphenation</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155864" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="30">Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147414" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="51">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148850" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="32">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156104" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="34">Click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow"><emph>Text Flow</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150101" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">In the Hyphenation area, select the Automatically check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153121" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="52">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149629" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="53">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="33">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="48">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149611" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="54">Choose <emph>Format - Styles and Formatting</emph>, and then click the <emph>Paragraph Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149867" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="55">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to hyphenate, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145106" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="56">Click the Text Flow tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149582" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="57">In the <emph>Hyphenation</emph> area, select the <emph>Automatically</emph> check box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156250" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="58">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145400" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="59">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145417" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="36">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="23">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6587651" role="heading" level="3" l10n="NEW">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="24">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154244" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="37">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154847" role="heading" level="3" l10n="U" - oldref="60">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154869" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="61">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155886" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="26">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/template_default.xhp#template_default"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/hyphen_prevent.xhp#hyphen_prevent"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154361" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="46"><link href="text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp" name="Text Flow">Text Flow</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index ea1f1090bf..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideusing_numbered_listsxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Bullets</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155186"><bookmark_value>bullet lists;turning on and off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs; bulleted</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>bullets;adding and editing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting;bullets</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>removing;bullets in text documents</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>changing;bulleting symbols</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw deleted "editing;" and "adding;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155186" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="6"><variable id="using_numbered_lists"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp" name="Adding Bullets">Adding Bullets</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3291116" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Add Bullets</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149829" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add bullets to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149635" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Bullets On/Off</item> icon -<image id="img_id3156108" src="cmd/sc_defaultbullet.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3156108">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145403" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="17">To remove bullets, select the bulleted paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Bullets On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154403" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="26">To Format Bullets</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154416" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="9">To change the formatting of a bulleted list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153390" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="14">For example, to change the bulleting symbol, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, click the browse button (<item type="menuitem">...</item>) next to <item type="menuitem">Character</item>, and then select a special character. You can also click the <item type="menuitem">Graphics</item> tab, and then click a symbol style in the <item type="menuitem">Selection</item> - area.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index a65a9d63dc..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideusing_numbered_lists2xml" indexer="include" - status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Adding Numbering</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3147418"><bookmark_value>numbering;paragraphs, on and off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraphs; numbering on/off</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting;numbered lists</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>inserting;numbering</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147418" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="using_numbered_lists2"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp" name="Adding Numbering">Adding Numbering</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4188970" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Add Numbering to a List</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="23">Select the paragraph(s) that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149968" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="24">On the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar, click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> icon -<image id="img_id3153125" src="cmd/sc_defaultnumbering.png" width="0.1665in" height="0.1665in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3153125">Icon</alt> - </image>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149573" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="29">To change the formatting and the hierarchy of a numbered list, click in the list, and then open the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153365" role="note" l10n="CHG" oldref="25">To remove numbering, select the numbered paragraphs, and then click the <emph>Numbering On/Off</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> Bar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154233" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="30">To Format a Numbered List</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG" oldref="16">To change the formatting of a numbered list, click in the list, then choose <emph>Format - Bullets and Numbering</emph>.</paragraph> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index da1638613d..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideusing_numberingxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Numbering and Numbering Styles</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155174"><bookmark_value>numbering; manually/by styles</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>manual numbering in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>paragraph styles;numbering</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "applying;"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155174" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="30"><variable id="using_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp" name="Numbering and Numbering Styles">Numbering and Numbering Styles</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149818" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="26">You can apply numbering to a paragraph manually or with a paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6140629" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Apply Numbering Manually</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155866" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="33">To apply numbering manually, click in the paragraph, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Numbering On/Off</item> - icon on the <item type="menuitem">Formatting</item> Bar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153405" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="27">You cannot apply manual numbering to paragraphs that are listed under "Special Styles" in the Styles and Formatting window.</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10711" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"><comment>UFI: the following paras moved here from text\shared\01\06050000.xhp</comment>When you press Enter in a numbered or bulleted list, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> automatically numbers the next paragraph. To remove the numbering or bullet from the new paragraph, press Enter again.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To change the hierarchical level of a bullet in a list, click in front of the paragraph, then press the Tab key.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1072F" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To change the bullets or numbering format for the current paragraph only, select a character or word in the paragraph, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10733" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To change the bullet or numbering format for all paragraphs in the list, ensure that the cursor is in the list, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a new format. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">To apply the same bullet or numbering format to all paragraphs in the list, select all paragraphs, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Bullets and Numbering</item>, and then click a format.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073A" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">You can also use the commands on the <link href="text/swriter/main0206.xhp" name="Numbering Object Bar">Bullets and Numbering</link> toolbar to edit a numbered or bulleted list. To change the numbering or bullet format, click the <emph>Bullets and Numbering</emph> icon.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153123" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="34">To Apply Numbering With a Paragraph Style</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153137" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="31">Paragraph Styles give you greater control over numbering that you apply in a document. When you change the numbering format of the style, all paragraphs using the style are automatically updated.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149646" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="35">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Styles and Formatting</item>, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Paragraph Styles</item> - icon.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149599" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="36">Right-click the paragraph style that you want to apply numbering to, and then choose <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149850" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="37">Click the <item type="menuitem">Outline & Numbering</item> - tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149874" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="38">In the <item type="menuitem">Numbering Style</item> box, select the type of numbering that you want to use.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145113" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="39">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149589" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to add numbering to.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> - <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/join_numbered_lists.xhp#join_numbered_lists"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/number_sequence.xhp#number_sequence"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 2d3fea6838..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,82 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideusing_thesaurusxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Thesaurus</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145576"><bookmark_value>thesaurus; related words</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>related words in thesaurus</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>spelling in thesaurus</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>dictionaries; thesaurus</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>lexicon, see thesaurus</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>synonyms in thesaurus</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>searching;synonyms</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" - oldref="15"><variable id="using_thesaurus"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149820" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="16">You can use the thesaurus to look up synonyms or related terms.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155920" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="17">Click in the word that you want to look up or replace.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155867" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="39">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Thesaurus</emph>, or press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F7.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149848" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="40">In the Alternatives list, click an entry to copy that related term to the "Replace with" text box.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153136" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="45">Optionally double-click an entry to look up related terms for that entry. On your keyboard, you can also press the arrow up or down keys to select an entry. Then press Return to replace, or press the spacebar to look up.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="46">Click <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - - - - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156263" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">Initially, the thesaurus uses the language of the selected word in the document, if a thesaurus library for that language is installed. The title bar of the Thesaurus dialog displays the language in use.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145113" role="note" l10n="U" oldref="18">To look up the word in a different language, click the Language button, and select one of the installed thesaurus languages. A thesaurus library may not be available for all installed languages. You can install languages with a thesaurus library from the <link href="http://extensions.libreoffice.org/">Extensions</link> web page.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3196263" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="19">If a thesaurus library is installed for the language of a word, the context menu of the word shows a Synonyms submenu. Select any of the terms from the submenu to replace the word.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154392" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="41"><link href="text/shared/01/06020000.xhp" name="Thesaurus">Thesaurus</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 8e52543a18..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,79 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideword_completionxml" indexer="include"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Word Completion for Text Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"><bookmark_value>automatic word completion</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>completion of words</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>AutoCorrect function; word completion</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>word completion;using/disabling</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>disabling;word completion</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>switching off;word completion</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>deactivating;word completion</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>refusing word completions</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>rejecting word completions</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw made a two level entry of "switching off..." and "word completion", copied two entries to word_completion_adjust.xhp and added a new entry</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="word_completion"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Word Completion for Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076F" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">$[officename] collects words that you frequently use in the current session. When you later type the first three letters of a collected word, $[officename] automatically completes the word. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="91">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078D" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph> - <list type="unordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10794" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079B" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079E" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A5" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>. </paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="listitem" l10n="NEW"> Clear <emph>Enable word completion</emph> . </paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7504806" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 38cfe8fceb..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,86 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguideword_completion_adjustxhp" indexer="include" - status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3148882"><bookmark_value>settings;word completion</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>word completion;settings</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text documents;word completion settings</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>weekdays; automatically completing</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>months; automatically completing</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>mw copied two entries from word_completion.xhp and created three new entries</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4745017" role="heading" level="1" l10n="NEW"><variable id="word_completion_adjust"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp">Fine-Tuning the Word Completion for Text Documents</link> -</variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide by splitting word_completion.xhp</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4814294" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593462" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107C6" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B03" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0E" role="note" l10n="NEW">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CC" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B20" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D2" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B36" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D8" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4C" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B53" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B56" role="paragraph" l10n="CHG">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2634968" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B94" role="note" l10n="NEW">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA1" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA7" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Open the text document that contains the terms that you want to use for word completion.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BAB" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">The word completion feature collects the words.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107ED" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Select all or some of the words in the list.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F4" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Use <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command -</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+C to copy all selected words into the clipboard. Paste the clipboard into a new document and save it to get a reference list of collected words.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BC6" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Later you can open the reference list and automatically collect the words, so that the word completion feature starts with a defined set of words.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10809" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/shared/01/06040600.xhp">Word Completion</link></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5458845" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW"><link href="text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp">Using Word Completion</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 03d07c4f49..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,73 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidewords_countxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Counting Words</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149686"><bookmark_value>words; counting in text</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>number of words</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>documents; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; number of words/characters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>characters; counting</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>number of characters</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>counting words</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>word counts</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "character counts"</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149686" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="1"><variable id="words_count"><link href="text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp" name="Counting Words">Counting Words</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105D1" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">Word count is shown in the status bar, and is kept up to date as you edit.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D1" role="listitem" l10n="NEW">If you want to count only some text of your document, select the text.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149821" role="listitem" l10n="CHG" oldref="5">To display extended statistics such as character count, double click the word count in the status bar, or choose <emph>Tools - Word Count</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="how"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1116200901133957" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133998" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133985" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">Words with dashes or always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113399" role="paragraph" l10n="NEW">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph> - </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E2" role="tip" l10n="NEW">To get some more statistics about the document, choose <emph>File - Properties - Statistics</emph>.</paragraph> - <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147418" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="4"><link href="text/shared/01/01100400.xhp" name="File - Properties - Statistics">File - Properties - Statistics</link></paragraph> - </body> -</helpdocument> diff --git a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp b/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp deleted file mode 100644 index 2dffb3e18a..0000000000 --- a/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ -<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?> -<helpdocument version="1.0"> - -<!-- -*********************************************************************** - * - * DO NOT ALTER OR REMOVE COPYRIGHT NOTICES OR THIS FILE HEADER. - * - * Copyright 2000, 2010 Oracle and/or its affiliates. - * - * OpenOffice.org - a multi-platform office productivity suite - * - * This file is part of OpenOffice.org. - * - * OpenOffice.org is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 - * only, as published by the Free Software Foundation. - * - * OpenOffice.org is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU Lesser General Public License version 3 for more details - * (a copy is included in the LICENSE file that accompanied this code). - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License - * version 3 along with OpenOffice.org. If not, see - * <http://www.openoffice.org/license.html> - * for a copy of the LGPLv3 License. - * - ************************************************************************ - --> - - -<meta> - <topic id="textswriterguidewrapxml" indexer="include" status="PUBLISH"> - <title xml-lang="en-US" id="tit">Wrapping Text Around Objects</title> - <filename>/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp</filename> - </topic> - </meta> - <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154486"><bookmark_value>text wrap around objects</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>contour editor</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>contour wrap</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>text; formatting around objects</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>formatting; contour wrap</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>objects; contour wrap</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>wrapping text;editing contours</bookmark_value> - <bookmark_value>editors;contour editor</bookmark_value> -</bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154486" role="heading" level="1" l10n="U" oldref="8"><variable id="wrap"><link href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp" name="Wrapping Text Around Objects">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link> -</variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4792321" role="heading" level="2" l10n="NEW">To Wrap Text Around an Object</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149696" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="9">Select the object.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155907" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="10">Choose <emph>Format - Wrap</emph>, and then choose the wrapping style that you want to apply.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155859" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="4">The current wrapping style is indicated by a bullet.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149834" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="14">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154079" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="15">Select the object.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153396" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="11">Choose <emph>Format - Graphics</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp" name="Wrap"><emph>Wrap</emph></link> tab.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="3"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153370" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="5">Set the options that you want.</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153386" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="16">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154247" role="heading" level="2" l10n="U" - oldref="17">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="18">You can change the shape that the text wraps around.</paragraph> - <list type="ordered"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154860" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="19">Select the graphic, right-click, and then choose <emph>Wrap - Edit Contour</emph>.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <list type="ordered" startwith="2"> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150231" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="7">Use the tools to draw a new contour, and then click the <item type="menuitem">Apply</item> - icon (green check mark).</paragraph> - </listitem> - <listitem> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150947" role="listitem" l10n="U" oldref="21">Close the <item type="menuitem">Contour Editor</item> - window.</paragraph> - </listitem> - </list> - <section id="relatedtopics"> - <embed href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp#insert_graphic"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150520" role="paragraph" l10n="U" oldref="22"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp" name="Contour Editor">Contour Editor</link></paragraph> - </section> - </body> -</helpdocument>
\ No newline at end of file |